UC-NRLF LIB r UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA A GUIDE ANGLO-SAXON TONGUE: A GRAMMAR after (Erasmus &a$6, EXTRACTS IN PROSE AND VERSE, WITH NOTES ETC. FOR THE USE OF LEARNERS, BY EDWARD JOHNSTON VERNON B.A. MAGDALENE HALL. Antiquam exquirite Matrem. LONDON: JOHN RUSSELL SMITH, 4 ; OLD COMPTON STREET, SOHO SQUARE. MDCCCXLVI. TO JOHN DAVID MACBRIDE ESQ. D.C.L. principal of IHag&alene feall, ETC. ETC. IN TOKEN OP RESPECT AND ESTEEM 995 PREFACE. ANGLO-SAXON was spoken by our forefathers in Eng- land for more than five hundred years ; from it have sprung the greater part of our local and family names, very many of our old, and almost all our provincial words and sayings, and fifteen twentieths of what we daily think, and speak, and write. No Englishman therefore altogether ignorant of Anglo-Saxon can have a thorough knowledge of his own mother- tongue, while the language itself, to say nothing of the many valuable and interesting works preserved in it, may in copiousness of words, strength of expression, and grammatical precision, vie with modern German.* The present object is to furnish the learner, if it may be, with a cheaper, easier, more comprehensive, and not less trustworthy guide to this tongue than may hitherto have been within his reach. The first six chapters are mainly abridged from the Grammar of the late Professor Rask of Copenhagen, as edited by Mr. Thorpe, whom the compiler has to thank for leave to make use of his praiseworthy labours, and for obliging answers to queries. * See Thorpe's Advertisement to Rask's Grammar VI PREFACE. Some alterations and additions seemed called for by the progress of the study since the publication of that work, whence its improved cultivation in this country must be dated. Illustrations from the kindred new Teutonic dialects German and Dutch, with some from Greek and Latin, old and provincial English &c. have taken the place of the Scandinavian^ references as fitter for the English learner. A view, however narrow and imperfect, of languages more or less nearly akin, can hardly fail, it is hoped, to awaken in the understanding student, a wish to know something more of comparative philology, hitherto so unworthily slighted among our- selves, and so laboriously and skilfully worked out by the Germans. The hyphen is used throughout to divide the parts of compound words from each other, as also prefixes, and when needful, case-endings and other terminations, from roots; in this as in other tongues, the beginner must accustom himself to parse not only every word in a phrase, but every syllable in a word. Some rules for gender have been attempted, and a list of exceptions to the general rule of its agreement with the German, together with comparative tables of the cardinal numbers, and of the chief tenses, are added. The accent, sometimes misplaced or left out by Rask, and too often altogether neglected by others, has been carefully attended to. * Some acquaintance with Icelandic and the other old northern tongues, above all Gothic, which shows the originals of the A. S. inflections, quan- tity &c., is of course needful for a perfect knowledge of Anglo-Saxon. PREFACE. VI The Syntax is in great part new ; the examples mostly gathered from the compiler's own reading. The Extracts in prose and verse are fitted by explana- tory notes for use without a dictionary ; an analysis of the narrative verse, partly shortened from Rask, and a literal version of the poetry, are also given. The purpose here being to teach pure Anglo-Saxon only, the selec- tions are all from writers of a good age; one well grounded in the language in its perfect state, will not find it hard to bring down his knowledge of his native tongue, through Semi-Saxon, and eld and middle English, to our own time. The Appendix contains lists of words likely to be con- founded by learners, together with a number of addi- tional notes. For the length to which the latter have run some apology may be needed, but it seemed best not to lose the opportunity of bringing in, however irre- gularly, some matter which may be useful. To Mr. J. M. Kemble, Editor of Beowulf &c., who shares with Mr. Thorpe the honour of making his coun- trymen independent of foreigners for a right knowledge of their old national language and literature, sincere thanks are due for much very kind, and most valuable help and advice touching the accent, gender, and other hard and weighty points, on which opinions from such an authority cannot be too highly prized. Obliging hints, and the loan of scarce books from other quarters, must also be thankfully acknowledged. The compiler, feeling what scanty justice has been done to these various and welcome aids, must add that Vlll PREFACE. for those faults both of doing, and of leaving undone, which he cannot hope to have avoided, he alone has to answer. Should this imperfect attempt however, by making the speech of the Anglo-Saxons somewhat easier and more attractive than heretofore to their children, give any of these a better knowledge of the real struc- ture, and true spirit, and a greater love for the power and worth of that tongue, which bids fair one day to overspread the whole earth, some time and labour will not have been spent in vain. CONTENTS. PAGE. Preface v CHAPTER L LETTERS. 1. Alphabet &c. ..... 1 2. Accent . . . .2 3. Pronunciation . 3 4. Spelling . . . .4 5. Change of Letters .... 5 6. Correspondence of do. . . . .7 CHAPTER II. NOUNS. 1. Genders ...... 8 2. Inflection . . . . .10 3. Simple Order, or Declension I. . . .12 4. Complex Order. Declension II. Class 1. . . .14 5. 2. . . 14 6. ' 3. . .16 7. Complex Order. Declension III. Class 1. . . 17 8. 2. . , . 18 9. 3. . . 19 CHAPTER III.ADJECTIVES. 1. Inflection . . , . . .20 2. Definite Declension , . .21 3. Indefinite Declension I. . . . .22 4. II. r 23 5. Comparison . ... 24 6. Irregular do. c 25 X CONTENTS. CHAPTER IV. PRONOUNS. PAGE. 1. Personal . . . .27 2. Possessive ? . . . . .29 3. Demonstrative , . .30 4. Interrogative . . . . .31 5. Indefinite . . . . .32 6. Cardinal Numbers . , , . . 33 7. Ordinal do. . . . . . ,35 CHAPTER V. VERBS. 1. Conjugation . . . . . - 37 2. Chief Tenses. . . . . . .38 3. Simple Order, or Conjugation I. . . . % 39 4. Conjugation I. Class 1. . . .' . .41 5. 2. . . . . . 42 6. 3. V -45 7. Complex Order . ... 46 8. Conjugation II. Class 1. ' . . ,-48 9. 2. . . . .50 10. _ 3. . . . .53 11. Conjugation III. ..... 54 12. Conjugation III. Class 1. . . .55 13. 2. . "". ^ . . 5 H. _ _ 3. . . . ,59 15. Anomalous Verbs . , . . .60 16. Auxiliaries &c. * ^. . ' , . . 62 CHAPTER VI.- FORMATION OF WORDS. 1. Prefixes ...... 63 2. Nominal Terminations . - 65 3. Adjectival do. . . . . .67 4. Verbal do. . . . - .68 5. Particles .,..., 69 6. Composition . . - .71 CONTENTS. XI CHAPTER VII. SYNTAX. PAGE. 1. Syntax ...... 73 2. Syntax of Nouns . . . . .74 _ Adjectives . . .76 Verbs . . . . . 78 Prepositions . . . .87 Conjunctions . . . .92 Interjections . . . .96 CHAPTER VIII. PROSE EXTRACTS. 1. S. Matthew, XII. 113. . . . .98 2. S. Mark, VI. 32. . . . . . 100 3. S. Luke, XX. 925. . . . . .104 4. S. John, VII. 1428. . . . .107 5. Genesis, XLV. . . . . .109 6. Exodus, XXIII. . . . .113 7. Saxon Chronicle . . . . .117 8. Apollonius . . . . .121 9. Boethius, XVII., XXXIV. 10. . . .- .129 CHAPTER IX. VERSE EXTRACTS. 1. Narrative Verse 9 135 2. Boethius, Metre XII. . . . . ,141 3. Caedmon, parts of Cant. IT. and XVI. . . . 145 4. Be6wulf, parts of Cant. V., XXII., XXVII. . . 153 APPENDIX. 1. Words spelt alike, but differing in accent, pronunciation, and meaning s . . . 162 2. Words spelt and accented alike, but differing in meaning . 167 3. Other words likely to be confounded by learners . . 174 4. Additional Notes . a ISO ABBREVIATIONS &c. A. S. Anglo-Saxon. Comp. compare. D. Dutch. F. French. G. German. Goth. Gothic. Gr. Greek. L. Latin. lit. literally. 0. old English in general P. provincial. S. Scottish, the ancient English dialect of the Lowlands of Scotland, and part of the north of England. Numbers, applied to a noun, denote the declension and class; to a verb, the conjugation and class ; to an adjective, the indefinite declension. GUIDE TO THE ANGLO-SAXON TONGUE. CHAPTER I. SECT. I. The Alphabet, fc. The A. S. letters are 24, viz. A a [S] N n JE as [./] O o B b P p C c [C] R r [n] D d [b] S s [j-] E e [e] T t [e] F f [f] U u G g[D 5 ] W w [f7pp] H hp)J>] x ' I i Y y LI p J, M m [00] D d The characters between brackets were written by the Anglo-Saxons, but being for the most part mere cor- ruptions of the Roman forms are now seldom printed. B ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. In later times k was used for c ; v and z occur in foreign names only. The abbreviations 3 for and, ty for ]> ae t, the, that, and others were in use ; in general ~ shows that m or n is left out. II. Accent. The accent (') over a vowel shows it to fee long. The A. S. accented vowels are mostly long by nature; as, la-r lore (G. lehre), beer bier (G. bahre), gren green (G. griin), w i d wide (G. weit), g 6 d good (G. gut), rum room, space (G. raum), fyr fire (G. feuer). Some have become long by contraction, g, h, ng, or n, being left out ; as, smeagan, smean to consider, sleahan, sle&n to slay, gangan, gan to go, fangan, fon to take : in f i f Jive, tod tooth, mud: mouth, and the like, the kin- dred tongues show the omitted n ; as, Trevre, L. quinque, G. fiinf ; 6-Souc, 6-Sovr-oc, L. dens^ 1 ) G. zahn ; G. mund: a few from the omission of a vowel ; as, tae, ta toe. From the examples above and below, it will be seen that in English a long or double vowel, and in German a long or double vowel, or diphthong, commonly answers to an A. S. long or accented vowel, while short vowels in general correspond in like manner. The accent serves at the same time, though never used for that pur- pose merely, to distinguish many words of like spelling but different meaning and sound; as, ac but, ac oak; m se s t mast, m se s t most ; w e n d e turned, went, w e n de weened; is is, is ice; for for, for journey ; ful full, ( ! ) In A. S. as in Greek, ns does not occur in the same syllable. PRONUNCIATION. ful foul; hyrde herd, keeper, hyrde heard.(*) With- out due attention therefore to the accent, A. S. cannot be rightly written, pronounced, nor understood.( 3 ) III . Pronunciation. The pronunciation is as follows : a has the sound of our a in ah ; F. &c. short a. a is longer and broader, like G. &c. long a, approach- ing our au and aw. au and aw sound nearly like ow in now, but more open, like G. and Italian au. ae is pronounced like a in glad. nearly as a in dare ; G. eh ; F. close e. e sounds like e in send, rather, when thus placed ; before a consonant followed by a vowel it resembles the ea in bear, but is shorter, like F. open (tha) is our hard th, as in thing. A (eth) our soft tk, as in other. }) usually begins, A ends a syllable, but they were and are often confounded. IV. Spelling. The A. S. spelling was very variable ; the following arethe commonest changes : 1 It is likely that g before e or i, and (like h) at the end of a syllable, was guttural, as it often is in German, and always in Dutch. .CHANGE OF LETTERS. 5 a 8e and se a; J>am, ])gem; Jjeere, }>are. a ea; waldan, wealdan to wield, rule. a o and o a; man, mon( 2 ) man; on, an orc. ea e and e a; ceaster, cester ( 3 ) town; fela, feala many ; ea e ; teah, teh rfra#. i y>eo; hit, hyt i : him, heom them. i y, ie, eo; hi, hy, hie, heo tfAey. eo u, y, e; sweord, swurd sword; seolf, sylf, self self. eo li, y; sweotol, swutol, swytol manifest. g h; sorg, sorh care, sorrow. ng, nc, ngc; sang, sane, sangc song: n and g are often transposed, &c. ; J>egen, J>egn, J>eng, Jjen servant, thane : g is sometimes added or cast off at the end of a word; as, hwy, hwyg why? hefig, hefi heavy: it is often left out before d or d; maegden, m ae den maiden, maegct, meed tribe. cs, sc, hs, x; acsian, ascian, ahsian, axian to ask ax. 4 ) V. Change of Letters. Other changes of letters take place in inflection and derivation; the German synonyms often undergo the like, the English sometimes. a is changed into se, and vice versa ; grafan to grave , (G. graben) ; J>u graafst thou gravest, (G. du gr'abst) ; ( 2 ) P. mon for man, lang for long, and the like. ( 3 ) L. castra; hence Chester, -cester, &c. in local names. ( 4 ) See also nouns II. 2., and irregular comparison. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. bath, (G. bad); badu baths (G. bader.)( 1 ) a into e; man, man (G. mann) ; men ( 2 ) men (G. manner). a into se ; hal hale, whole, ge-hselan to heal. ea into e or y ; neah nigh, nehst riyhst nigkest, next. e, o, eo, u into i or y ; ren rain, rinan to rain; storm storm (G. sturm) ; styrman to storm (G. sturm- en); weorc work (G. werk), wyrcan to work (G. wirken); hunger hunger, hyngrian to hunger. ea, eo, ii, into y ; leas loose, (G. los) ; a-lysan to re-lease (G. er-losen) ; neod need (G. noth) ; nydan to force (G. nothigen) ; scrud shroud, serydan to shroud, 6 into e; dom doom, deman to deem, doom. bb into f ; a-hebban to exalt, a-hafen exalted ( 4 ), c and cc into h ; secan to seek, ic s6hte / sought; feccan to fetch, (ge-)f reht fretcht^). g into h and vice versd ; wrigan to cover, ic wrah 1 covered; beorh mountain, plur. beorgas( 6 ). s into r( 7 ) ; freosan to freeze, (ge-)froren frozen. d:intod( 8 ); snidan to cut (G. schneiden), sniden cut (G. ge-schnitten). Several other changes take place in the formation of imperfects I. 3. and complex; likewise in nouns II. 2., III. 1. 3. and in adjectives. C 1 ) See Verbs II. 3., arid Nouns III. 1. ( 2 ) See Nouns III. 2, ( 3 ) See irregular comparison. ( 4 ) See Verbs II. 3. ( 5 ) See Verbs I. 2, 3. ( 6 ) See Verbs III. 1 , 2. Nouns II. 2. ( 7 ) See Verbs III. 3. ( 8 ) See Verbs II, 1, and 111. 2. CORRESPONDENCE OF LETTERS. VI. Correspondence of Letters. Attention to the correspondence of A. S. with Eng- lish and German letters helps not only to recognise words already known in a kindred tongue, but to settle their derivation^ spelling, and quantity. Thus a answers to E. long o; G. ei, 1. e ; ban( 9 ) bone> G. bein ; mare( 10 ) more, greater, G. mehr. ea to E. 1. e; G. 1. o, a, au : stream stream, G- strom; sceap sheep, G. schaf; ge-leafa be-lief, G. g-laube. ea to E. short a, 1. o; G. s. a: scearp sharp, G. scharf ; ceald cold, G. kalt. as to E. and G. a, e: gst guest, G. gast; frest fast, G. fest. ae to E. 1. e, a, o; G. 1. a, ei: ssed seed, G.-saat; hser hair, G. haar ; msestp 1 ) most, G, meist. e to E. 1. e; G. 1. u, a: cene bold, keen, G. kiihn; we nan to ween, imagine, G. w'ahnen. t to E. 1. i; G. ei : side side, G. seite. eo to E. a, o, u, e; G. e, ie: deorc dark, sweorJ sword, G. schwert ; ceorl churl, G. kerl; feoll fell, G. fiel. 6 to E. oo ; G. 1. u : flor floor, G. flur, eo, eow to E. 1. e ; G. 1. ie, eu : deop deep, G. tief ; deor dear, G. theuer; cne&w knee, G. knie. li to E. ou, ow, oo ; G. 1. au, u : miis mouse, G, maus ; cu cow, G. kuh ; rum room, space, G. raum. ( 9 ) S. bane. ( 10 ) S. mair. (") S. maist. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. y to E. Li, e ; G. 1. eu, an, o : fyr fere, G. feuer ; bryd bride, G. braut; hyran to hear, G. horen, c (before a soft vowel) to E. and G. ch, k : cyle chill, G. kiihle ; stician to stick, G. stechen. cc to E. tch, ck ; G. ck : streccan to stretch, G. strecken ; liccian to lick, G. lecken. sc to E. sh, sk; G. sch : scyld shield, G. schild ; disc dish, table, G. tisch ; tusc tusk. g (before a soft vowel sometimes) to E. y, G. j : gear year, G. jahr ; girstan-daeg y ester-day. rands are often transposed: forst frost, G. frost: bridd (young) bird ; flacse flask, G. flasche. CHAPTER II. I. Nouns. Gender. The genders, as in Greek, Latin, German, &c. are three, viz. neuter, masculine, feminine ; the first two, as in those tongues, closely resembling each other, the last differing widely from both. A. S. nouns in general agree in gender with the corresponding German ; as, >r J wif G. weib woman, wife. Neuter: 1 tj r* i j L-IJ J f cild G. kind child. Masculine: mona G. mond moon. Feminine: sunne G. sonriesww. The chief exceptions are : Neut. ear G. ahre (f.) ear of corn. faesten G. feste (f.) fastness. fyder G. feder (f.) feather, wing. NOUNS GENDER V Neut. mod G. muth (m.) mind, mood. twig G. zweig (m.) twig. waepen G. waffe (f.) weapon. westen G. wiiste (f.) ivaste, desert. winf 1 ) G. wein (m.) wine. Masc. craeft G. kraft (f.) power, craft, art. ende G. ende (n.) end. feld G. feld (n.) field. here G. heer (n.) army. lust G. lust (f.) lust, pleasure. mere( 2 ) G. meer (n.) mere, lake, sea. Fern, hoc G. buch (n.) book. hselu( 3 ) 6. heil (m.) health t salvation. heorte( 4 ) G. herz (n.) heart. ge-syhd: G. ge-sicht (n.) sight. turf G. torf (n.) turf. wiht G. wicht (m.) wight, being. Moreover, all A. S. nouns ending in -dom, -had, and -scipe are masculine, while G. nouns in -thum are some neuter, some masculine, in -heit and -schaft feminine ; A. S. in -nes (-nys, -nis) feminine, G. in -niss some neuter, some feminine. Some words are of more than one gender ; thus flod( 5 ) floodis neut. (II. 1.) and masc. (II. 2.); s&sea masc. (II. 2.) and fern. (I. 3.) ; bend band, bond masc. (II. 2.) and fern. (II. 3.) ; \zcgift, office, &c. all three (II. 1. 2. 3.), but oftenest neuter. (*) Qlv-og masc. L. vin-um, neut. ( 2 ) L. mare, nput. ( 3 ) L. sal -us, fern. ( 4 ) Kcfpfl-ia fern. L. cor, neut. ( 5 ) G.flnth fern. ; see masc. and fern. ; band neut. and masc. 10 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. FURTHER RULES FOR, GENDER. I. Nouns ending in -tl^ -ed, -incle, and diminutives in -en; likewise all having the nominative and accusa- tive alike in both numbers are neuter. II. Nouns in -a, -m, -Is, -ad, -od, -e (from verbs) and -ling ; likewise all forming the genitive singular in -a, or the nominative plural in -as are masculine. III. Nouns in -sed, -ud, -d (after a consonant) -eo, -u (of quality from adjectives) -e (from adjectives) -ung, and -least are feminine. IV. The gender of compound words depends on that of the last part; thus wif-man woman is masculine. ( A ) II. Declension. Nouns are divided into two Orders, the Simple and the Complex ;( 2 ) the former having one Declension of three Classes for the three lenders, the latter two De- clensions of three Classes each( 3 ). The Simple Order, answering to the Greek and Latin pure nouns, contains those ending in an essential vowel ; viz. -e in the neuter, -a in the masculine, and -e in the feminine. The Complex Order, answering to the Gr. and L. impure nouns, comprises all ending in a conso- nant, together with some in an unessential -e or -u. (*) By the same rule G. frauen-zimmer female is neut. ; manns-person man fern. ( 2 ) In Grimm's system Simple Nouns are called weak ; Complex, strong. ( 3 ) For the grounds of this division, see Rask's Grammar, pp. 26 30. NOUNS DECLENSION. 11 Table of the Inflection of Nouns. SIMPLE ORDER. DECLENSION I. "I. Neut. II. Masc. IIlTFel SINGULAR. Nom. -e -a -e Accus. ( 4 ) -e Abl. & Dat. -an -an -an -an -an Gen. -an -an -an PLURAL. Nom. & Ace. -an Abl. & Dat. -um Gen. -en a COMPLEX ORDER. DECLENSION II. DECLENSION III. I.Neut. II.Masc. III.Fenu I.Neut. II.Masc. III.Fem. SINGULAR. SINGULAR. Nom. Accus. A. &D. -e -(-e) -(-e) -e -e -e (-e) -u (-e) -u -e -a -u -e -e Gen. -es -es -e -es -a -e PLURAL. PLURAL. N. & A. -as -a -u -a -a A. & D. -um -um -um -um -um -um Gen. -a -a -a(-ena) -a -a -a(-eria) ( 4 ) On this arrangement see Rask, Preface p. 54.. 12 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. RULES FOR DECLENSION. I. All Nouns have the nominative and accusative alike in the plural. II. All Nouns form the ablative and dative plural in -urn, often changed to -on, and sometimes again to -an. III. The ablative and dative are always alike in each number. IV. Neuters, as in Greek, Latin, and German, have the nominative and accusative alike in each number. V. Feminines vary the nominative and accusative singular ; but form the ablative, dative, and genitive' singular alike. VI. The Simple Order forms its genitive plural in -en a, the Complex in -a. (*) III. Simple Order, or Declension I. The First Declension contains a few neuters ending in -e, all masculines in -a, and all feminines in -e ; the nominative plural is formed in -a n ( 2 ) . The three Classes are so much alike that they may be shown at one view. (*) Participial nouns form it in -ra (see II. 2.) like indefinite adjec- tives. Complex feminines (II. 3. and III. 3.) sometimes have a Simple gen. plural. ( a ) G. nouns forming their plur. in -en (-n) are Simple, all others Com- plex. SIMPLE ORDER. 13 CLASS II. CLASS III. SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. steorr-a tung-e steorr-an tung-an steorr-an tung-an steorr-an tung-an PLURAL. steorr-an tung-an steorr-um tung-um steorr-ena tung-ena Examples eage eye, steorra star, tunge tongue. CLASS I. Neuter. Nom. eag-e Accus. eag-e Abl. &Dat. eag-an Gen. eag-an N. & Ace. eag-an Abl. & Dat. eag-urn Gen. eag-e n a In like manner are declined eare ear, cliwe clew ; hearra lord, guma w#/?,, wyrh to. wright, workman, tima time, draca dragon, Inlis&fame ; hlaefdige lady, cirice (circe) churchy uce week, e or de earth, wise wise, way ( 2 ) fyc. Also some contracted nouns ; 'as, frea lord (masc.) ta toe, beo( 3 ) bee (fern.), making frean &c. plural tan, taum, taena; beon, beona &c. IE' law, s&sea(*), and a river (likewise fern.) are indeclinable, except some- times gen. eas ( 5 ), nom. plural ean. ( 2 ) Manna man and heofone heaven are much less common than rnaa 111.2. andheofonll. 2. ( 3 ) G. zehe, biene, not contracted. ( 4 ) Sse is also declinable, as IT. 2. ( & ) All A. S. nouns originally formed the genitive in -s ; see p. 70, n. 4 C 14 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. IV. Complex Order'. Declension II. CLASS I. The Second Declension, first Class, contains many neuters ending in one or more consonants. Examples leaf leaf, word word. SINGULAR. Nom. & Ace. leaf word Abl. & Dat. leaf-e word-e Gen. leaf-es word-es PLURAL. Nom. & Ace. leaf word Abl. & Dat. leaf-um word-urn Gen. leaf-a word-a. Thus are declined ear ear of corn, hus house, deor (*) beast) ge-hat promise, hors horse, spel story, spell, wif woman, wife, beam child, bairn, lamb lamb $fc. ; feoh( 2 ) fee, money, cattle makes feo, feos. V. CLASS II. The Second Declension, second Class, comprises all regular masculines ending in a consonant, all complex ones in -e, and a few in -u (-o) ; the plural is formed in -as; some monosyllables change ae to a in the plural. (!) Hence deer " Rats and mice, and such small deer." ( 2 ) Comp. L. pec-us, pec-unia ', our fee is money only, G. yieh cattle onh. NOUNS COMPLEX ORDER. 15 Examples d&lpart, deal, ende end, dseg day. SINGULAR. N.&A. A&\ A. &D. dsel-e Gen. dsel-es end-e end-e end-e s dseg daeg daeg-es PLURAL. N.&A. d^l-as A.&D. dsel-um " Gen. dsel-a end-as end-urn end-a dag-as dag-um dag-a. Thus also cyning (cing) king, smici smith, st&n stone, weg way, freo-dom freedom, munuc-had monk" hood; mete meat, rsedere reader, weordscipe wor~ ship ; staef ( ) staff, letter, maeg kinsman, &c. Partici- pial nouns in -end usually have the nominative and ac- cusative sing, and plur. alike^ and make -ra in the gen. plural. F ^re ond friend, and feondyb^^/ie^have plur. frynd, fynd, freond^ fe6nd 5 or freondas &c. Dis- syllables in -el (-ol), -en (-on), and -er (-or) are con- tracted in the oblique cases and plural ; thus en gel angel, dryhten lord, ealdor prince, make engle, engies, englas &c. dryhtne &c. Heofen (-on) heaven has abl. and dat. heofene, heofone, or heofne and so on. Monad: (moncl) month forms moncte &c, Winter winter has abl. and dat. wintra, nom. pi. wintras, or winter. Feld field, ford ford, and sumer (-or) sum- mer make abl. and dat. felda, ford a, sumer a. ^ 2 ) Comp. G. stab, stabe } &c. G. buch-stab is letter. ]fi ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Fseder father is seldom varied in the singular, and never contracted. Nouns in -h^ and -u (-o), change them to g and w; as, bean ring, be age, beages &e. ; bealu bale, injury, bealwe, and the like : a few drop the-h; as, feorh life, feore &c. Those in sc often takex (cs) in the plural; as, fiscjish, fixas &e.; some- times throughout ; fix, fixe &c. VI. CLASS lit. The Second Declension, third Class, contains all regular feminines ending in a consonant ; the plural is formed in -a. Examples stefen (stefn) voice, spreec speech. SINGULAR. Nom. stefen sprsec Ace. stefn-e sprsec-e A. & D. stefn-e sprac-e Gen. stefn-e sprsec-e PLURAL. N. & A. stefn-a sprsec-a A. & D. stefn-um spraec-um Gen. stefn-a(-ena) sprsec-a(-ena). Thus are declined sawel soul, wylen female slave, frofer comfort, ge-samnung assembly, ecnys eternity, lag law, stow place, Ipeod people, lar lore, myrct mirth, ben prayer, &c. Dissyllables in -el (-ol), -en^ -er (-or), are contracted in the oblique cases, and often in all ; as, sawl, wyln, frofr. A single final consonant after a NOUNS COMPLEX ORDER. 17 short vowel is doubled; as syn sin, accus. &c. synne. The gen e plur. is sometimes in -ena. Nouns in -ung sometimes form the abl. and dat. in -a. Hand hand, makes accus. hand, abl. and dat. handa. Miht might, tid time, tide, woruld world) have the accus. like the nom. ; woruld sometimes makes gen. worldes. (') N iht night, and wiht wight remain unchanged in the accus. singular, and nom, plural. VII. Declension III. CLASS L The Third Declension, first Class, contains all complex neuters in -e, all in -u, all neuter dissyllables in er (-or) .el (-ol), and -en, some in ed (-od), and many monosyl- L.bles in a consonant. The plural is in -u (-o), often changed to -a ; some monosyllables change a?, and a few ea, into a in the plural. Examples treow tree^ rice realm, fast vat, vessel. SINGULAR. N. & A. treow ric-e fset A. & D. treow-e ric-e faet-e Gen. treow-es ric-es faet-es PLURAL. N. & A. treow-u ric-u fat-ii A. & D. treow-um ric-um fat-urn Gen. treow-a ric-a fat-a. ( ! ) See page 13, n, 5 above. 18 AXGLOSAXO-N GUIDE. So likewise scip ship, lim limb, deofol^) devil, waeter water, ge-writ writing, writ ; wite punishment, g e-m se r e boundary , s p e r e spear , m e 1 u meal, flour ; bsed bath, glses ( 2 ) glass, geat gate, &c. Dissyllables are mostly contracted; thus, heafod head, tacen token, w under wonder, make heafde., heafdes &c. tacne, wundre &c. ; riyten beast, neat, weofod altar, &c. are usually not. Those in -en some- times double the n in the oblique cases ; as, westen de- sert, westenne &c. Cild child, cealf calf, and seg egg, form their plural cildru (-a) ( 3 ), cealfru, aegru ; the first however often has cild or cilde. pystru darkness, lendenu loins, &c. have no singular. Nouns in -u take w, and are usually contracted, forming the plural in -a; as, sear u array, ambush, searwe, searwes; plur. searwa &c. VIII. CLASS II. The Third Declension, second Class, comprises mas- culines in -u (-o), forming their plural in -a, some irre- gulars (masc. and fern.) in -er (-or), changing their vowel in the ablative and dative, and making -u (-o, -a) in the plural, a few (masc.) changing their vowel as above, and in the nominative and accusative plural, &c. C 1 ) De6fol is often masculine. ( 2 ) Comp. G. fass, fasser; g'las, glaser. ( 3 ) Hence childr- en t P. child~er ; comp. G.kind, kind-er; kalb, kalb-er; ei, ei-er : D. kind, kind-er-en ; kalf, kalv-er-en ; ei, eij-er-en. NOUNS COMPLEX ORDER. 19 Examples suim son, brocter brother, man man. SINGULAR. N & A. sun-u brocter man A. & D. sun-a brecter men Gen. sun-a brocter mann-e PLURAL. N. A. sun-a broctr-u men A. &D. sun-um broctr-um mann-um Gen. sun-a broctr-u mann-a. So too are declined wudu wood, sidu custom, medo mead, metheglin ; moder mother, dohter daughter, sweoster sister: fot foot, and tod tooth, follow man^ making fet, tect. ( 5 ) Sun-en a is rare. Leode (G. leute) people, Dene Danes, Engle Angles, Englishmen, and a few more in -e with no sin- gular, make leodum, leoda, &c. IX. CLASS III. The Third Declension, third Class, contains all femi- nines ending in -u or -o, also some irregulars which change their vowel, &c. The former sometimes make the genitive plural in -en a. Examples denu vale, boc book, burh burgh, town. SINGULAR. Norn, den-u ) A , boc burh Ace. den-e 3 A. & D. den-e bee byrig Gen. den-e bee burg-e ( 5 ) Comp. G. mann, manner ; fuss, fiisse ; zaliu, za'Lne. 20 ANGLO-SAXON OUIDR. PLURAL. N. & A. den-a bee byrig A. & D. den-um boc-um burg-um Gen. den-a (-en a) boc-a burg-a. Like denu are declined lufu love, gitu gift, grace, snoru davghter-in-tati, cam care, lagu water, &c. Maenigeo (-u) many, multitude, yldo age, eld, brredo breadth, and some others in-o are indeclinable, except abl. and dat. plur. maenigum. Duru door makes abl. and dat. sing. dura. Collectives in -waru, as burh-waru town? s-f oik, form plur. -ware, gen. -war a or -war en a. Mils mouse, lus louse, cu cow, gos goose, broc breeches, follow boc, making plur. mys mice, lys lice, cy kye, ges( 1 ) geese, brec. Cu sometimes has gen. sing. cus,( 2 ) gen. plur. cuna. Turf turf, and furh furrow, follow burh, making tyrf, &c. CHAPTER III. I. Adjectives As in German &c. have a Definite and an Indefinite inflection : the former is used when the adjective is pre- ceded by the definite article^ by any other demonstrative, or by a possessive pronoun; the latter always else. There are three Declensions, one for the Definite form^ agreeing closely with the Simple Order^ two for the In- ( ! ) Comp. G. buch, biicher ; maus, raiiuse j laus x lause ; kub, kiihe j gans, ganse. ( 3 ) See page 70, n. 4, ADJECTIVES. 21 definite, answering, though not so exactly, to the Com- plex Order of Nouns. II. Definite Declension. Example (god good) J>set god-e ( 3 ) &c. the good. SINGULAR. Nom. Ace. Neut. Masc. Jjaet god-e se god-a haet g&d-e Jjone g&d-an Fern. seo god-e }>a god-an J>y god-an J^eere god-an J>aere god-an Abl. )>y god-an Dat. J>am god-an Gen.paes god-an PLURAL. N. & A. J>a god-an A. & D. J>am god-um Gen. Jjara god-en a. This declension is used for all adjectives, participles, and pronouns in general; participles present however take -ra instead of -en a in the genitive plural. Mono- syllables commonly change ae to a throughout ; as, smael small, ]>8et smale, se smala, se6 smale the small, and so on. Adjectives in -h, as he ah high, usually change it to g when the case-ending is a vowel, as, J>aet heag-e, &c. ; otherwise the h isdropt; as, abl. &c.hean. Those in -u (-o), as near-u narrow, take w throughout; as, paet near-we, &c.( 4 ) . ( 3 ; Comp. Nouns 1. 1, 2, 3. ( 4 ) Comp, Nouns II. 2, 3. III. 1. 22 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. III. Indefinite Declension I. Example god{ 1 ) good. SINGULAR. Neut. Masc. Fern. Norn, god god god Ace. god god-ne god-e Abl. god-e god-e Dat. god-urn god-re Gen. god-es god-re PLURAL. Neut. Masc. & Fern. N. & A. god(-u) g&d-e A. & D. ~~g6d^mT~ Gen. god-ra. Thus are declined adjectives ending in -e, -el (-ol), -isc, and -wis ; likewise most monosyllables, all partici- ples present, participles past of the Simple Order, super- latives and pronouns; as, wyrset) le&f-re, (se) Ie6f-ra, (seo) leof-re (the) dearer; (G. das &c. lieb-re) (Jjaet) smael-re &c. (the) smaller; (G. das &c. schmal-re). The Superlative has both the definite and indefinite in- flections, the former in -ost, or -est, (also the adverbial form), the latter in -oste, -osta, -oste, or -este &c. ; as, leof-ost dearest, J>set leof-oste, or leof-este Sac. the dearest; (G. das &c. lieb-ste.) TABLE OF COMPARISON. POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. Adjective. heard J heard-ost hard f C^ 85 *) heard-re hard-est paet heard-e O (the) hard-er J>aet heard-oste the hard j the hard-est Adverb. heard-e heard-or heard-ost kard-ly hard-li-er hard-li-est. (*) Comp. the L. comparative -ior j Gr. superlative e0r-o, &c. ADJECTIVES. 25 VI. Irregular Comparison. The following adjectives are irregularly compared; the change of a into e ; se into a ; ea into y, or e ; ea, eo, u, into y, answers to that of the German a into a, o into 6, u into ii : in English but few traces of this re- main. The forms in -me ( 2 ) (-ma, -me) are old superla- tives, afterwards used as positives, and then again com- pared. The words between brackets are adverbs, pecu- liarly formed, Positive. Comparative. Superlative. lang( 3 ) lengre (leng) lengest ' long longer longest strang strengre (strangor) strongest strong stronger strongest hrsed (hraete) hra3dre (hrador) hractost quick, rath quicker (rather) quickest eald yldre yldest old elder eldest neah nearre (near, nyr) nyhst,nehst,next nigh nigher nighest, next heah hyrre hyhst, hehst high higher highest eact eadre (edre, ed) eadost easy easier easiest feor fyrre (fyr) fyrrest far further furthest geong gyngre gyngest young younger youngest ( 2 ) Corap. L. superlatives in -mum (-mus, -ma). ( 3 ) Comp. G. lang, langer, langst ; alt, alter, altest; nahe, naher, nachst; hoch, hbher, hbchst ; Jung, jiinger, jiingst ; fort, fiirter; sanft, sanfter, sanftest ; eher, erst j gut, wohi, besser, best ; mehr, meist, &c. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Positive. sceort short (ford, furd) ( forth) s6ft soft god (wel) good (well) yfel evil rnicel great, michle ]ytel (lyt) Comparative. Superlative. scyrtre scyrtest shorter shortest furdre (furdor) further seftre (seft) seftest softer softest gerre (airer, -or) eerest (-ost) earlier, sooner (erst) first betere (bet) letter wyrse (wyrs) worse mare (ma)( 2 ) greater, more laesse (lass) forme (fore) former, fore loet, laeteme (late) laetre (lator) /aZe, s7ow? later, latter sid, sideme sidre (sidor) late, (since) nordeme, (nord) ( 3 ) (nordor) northern, north betest, betst best wyrrest, wyrst worst maest greatest, most laest least fyrmest, fyrst foremost, first latost, laetemest latest, last sidost,sidemest ufere (lifor) upper seftre after ( ! ) Hence O. or ; ' or ever, t ( 2 ) For mar, to which we have returned in more; O. was mo ( 3 ) Some of these are often formed in -weard; as, n r$e-weard nor them, north-ward, ufe-weard (up-weard) upper, up-ward. ufeme (up) high (up) sefteme (aefter) oft, after nordemest northmost yfemest upmost eeftemest aftmost PRONOUNS. 27 Positive* hindeme hind inneme (inn) inner (in) uteme (ut) outer (out) midd, midme mid nideme(nider) nidre (nidror) low (down) nether Comparative. hindere hinder innere (innor) inner utre (utor) outer > utter Superlative. hindemest hindmost innemest inmost ytemest outmost, utmost midmest midmost nidemest nethmost. CHAPTER IV. I. Pronouns Personal. THE personal Pronouns are ic /, J>u thou, hit, he, he& it, he, she. The two first are the only A. S. words with a dual number. SINGULAR. N. ic (4) ]>6 (*) A. me Jje A.&D.me J>e G. min DUAL. PLURAL. N. wit ( 6 ) we A. unc us A.&D.unc us G. uncer lire pin ^"^ DUAL. ~\. PLURAL. git ge inc eow inc eow incer eower ( 4 ) Comp. ly-w, /it, &o. L. eg-o, me ; G. ich, mir, wir, (D. wij) uns, unser. ( 5 ) Comp. (Dor.) TV, re ; L. tu, te ; (r. du, dir, euch,&c. D. gij, &c. ( 6 ) Remark a peculiar construction with the dual: wit Soil ling f two, viz I and Stilling ; healf J?aes cinges, heali uncer Brentinges, half the king's, half mine and Brenting's. 28 ANGLO-S4XON GUIDE. SINGULAR. Neut. Masc. Fern. N. hitp) he heo A. hit *^ nine hi A* & D. him hire G. his hire PLURAL. N. & A. hi A. &D. him G. hira Meh, mec (L. mini, G. mich) and J>eh, J>ec (G. dich) sometimes occur for me and J)e : likewise the poetical lisih, usic, and eowih, e&wic for us and eow; and uncit and incit, for unc and inc. There being, as in English, no reflective pronoun, tho personals are used instead; as, ic me reste I rest the ( myself); Ipa, Jjeowas wyrmdon hig, the servants were warming them (-selves). Sylf self, same, declined as an adjective both definitely and indefinitely (I.), 'and agree- ing with the pronoun or noun, gives a strong reflective sense; as, ic sylf or sylfa I myself ; fram me sylfum of myself; J>u sylf thou thyself; we sylfe we our- selves, &c.: seo sylfe tid the same time.(*) Sometimes the pronoun stands in the dative before, sylf; as, (ic) me sylf / myself; him-sylf he himself.( 3 ) (*) Comp. 6, 97, bv y oi, al ; L. id, is, ea, eum, ejus, ii ; G. es, ihn, ihm, ibr ; D. bet, hij, &c. ( 2 ) Corap. G. ich selber, wir selben, die selbe zeit, &c. ( 3 ) Like F. moi-meme, /ui-meme j hence seemingly my-self, thy-self, &c. ; self is properly no more a noun tban a&rof, L. ipse, or F. memo. PRONOUNS. 29 1 1 . Possessives. The Possessive Pronouns are formed, as in German, from the genitives of the. two first persons; as, min (G. mem) mine, my ; J>in (G. dein) thine, thy ; uncer, ure (G. unser) our ; incer, eower (G. euer) your: like other Pronouns in general, they are declined as in- definite adjectives I. Those in -er are usually con- tracted ; as uncre, eowres, and the like. U're forms urum, ures, &c; but remains unchanged in the whole feminine singular. The poetical user (usser) for lire is thus declined : Neut. Masc. Fern. SINGULAR. N. user user user A. user userne V ^ usse usse A. & D. ussum G. usses V usse ^ PLURAL. N. & A. usse, user A. & D. ussum G. ussa. The genitive of the third person is used unchanged ; his, its, his, hire her, hira their. To make these re- flective, the genitive of sylf agreeing with the pronoun, or the indefinite adjective agen own, agreeing with the noun, must be used; as, J>in sylfes beam thine own son ; to his agenre ]?earfe to his own need. Sin occurs in poetry as a possessive of the third person ; not however like G. sein, for L. ejus, but for L. suus only. D2 30 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Neut. Masc. pis( 3 ) pes pis pisne pise pisum pises Fern. peos pas pisse pisse pisse III. Demonstratives. The Demonstrative Pronouns are pa;t, se, se& that, likewise the relative which, who, that, and the article the;( l ) and pis, pes, pe6s this. Neut. Masc. Feifc. N. paet( 2 ) se seo A. beet pone pa A 1 1 i ' I x " Abl. py py D. pam psere G/- p se s psere N. & A. pa pas A. &D. pam pisum G. para pissa pgene, psem, pare, psera, are sometimes used for pone, pam, psere, para; likewise pses for pas ; the s in pise, &c. is often doubled; pissere and pissera occur also for pisse and pissa. The indeclinable pe is used for all cases of paet, se, seo, as a relative; com- bined with it it forms pset-te ( 4 ) that which, se-pe he that, seo-pe she that, paet, se, seo is sometimes re- peated in a sentence, standing first as a demonstrative, and next as a relative ; but pe commonly stands as (*) Comp. the threefold use of G. das, der, die. ( 2 ) Comp. TO, 6, 17, TOV, ra, roe, rat ; G. das, den, dem, der, des, &c. D. dat, &c. From seo comes she (G.sie); from jja they, J?em them, J3sera their. ( 3 ) Comp. G. dies, &c. ; \>a s and \>&s have become those and these, ( 4 ) paette is also that (conjunction) G. dass. PRONOUNS* 31 relative in the second place; as, J>ast micle ge-teld ]>e Moises worhte, the great tent that Moses made. pe is sometimes used along with hit, &c. as a rela- tive ; as, J>e J>urh hine through whom. Swa is sometimes used (like G. so) as an indeclin- able relative. Ylc same, follows the indefinite declension. Swylc such, is often repeated, standing in the second place adverbially; as, JElc J>ing on-gitan swylc swylcehitisto understand each thing so as it is. IV. Interrogatives. The Interrogative Pronouns are hwset, hwa? what? who? hwylc? which? hwaeder whether? which? The first has no plural, and is thus declined : Neuter. Masc. & Fern. Nom. hwaet hwa Ace. hwaet hwone (hweene) Abl. hwy Dat. hwam (hweem) Gen. hwaas ( 5 ) It answers to L. quis not qui, and is never used as a relative : with a neuter adjective it governs the genitive ; as, hwset yfeles ? what evil? it is also (like G. et-was, was) used not interrogatively, for somewhat, a little ; as, hwaet lytles some little. ( 5 ) From hwa ni and hwses, are whom and whose. 32 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. V. Indefinites. The Indefinite pronouns are swa-hwset(-swa) what- soever, swa-hwa (-swa) who-so-ever, swa-hwylc (-swa) which-so-ever, seg-hwset (ge-hwaet), seg-hwylc, &c. whatsoever, Sfc. which follow the declension of the chief word in the compound. Others are selc, each, every one, eall all, eenig any, nsenig none whatever, an-lipig (sen-lipig) single, alone, &c. Ge-noh enoughis some- times indeclinable. A'n one, a, and sum some,a, a certain, serve for the indefinite article, which is however often not expressed : sum placed after a genitive cardinal num- ber implies one above it; as, fif-tyna sum one of six- teen, one with ffteen others. Ma nig (maenig) many sometimes has nom. and accus. plur. manega. Fela much, many is indeclinable: feawa (fea) few, some- times has abl. and dat. plur. feawum, gen. fear a; both often govern a genitive plural; as, madma fela many treasures ; fea worda few words. Man (man) is used (like G. man, and F. on) (') indefinitely for one, they ; as, Me man seegde they told me (G. man sagte mir). From wiht (wuht) creature, being, (wight, whit) are formed &-wiht (a-wuht) contracted to awht, aht any- thing, ought ; and n&n-wiht (-wuht) niwht, nah t( ? ) nothing, nought. Other indefinite Pronouns are 6 ct e r (-or) other, second (L. alius, and alter for secundus), ^wder, aeter one of two (L. alter duorum), n a w d e r (n a ct o r), neither of two (L. neuter), ee g cfe r ( 1 ) Formerly horn, from L. homo. ( 2 ) Hence not, like G. nicht from ne-wicht. PRONOUNS. either, each of two. O'ct e r forms its oblique cases fern, sing, octre ; it sometimes follows indefinite Decl. II. VI, Comparative Table of Cardinal Numbers. GREEK. LATIN. DUTCH. A. S. ENGLISH. GERMAN, r tv un-um een an one ein Svo duo twee twa two zwei rpta iccrrope ( 3 ) 7TVT tria drie quatuor vier quinque vijf sex zes J>reo three drei feower four vier fif five fiinf six six sechs oicra) septem zeven octo acht seofon seven sieben eahta eight acht ivvca novem negen decem tien nigon nine neun tyn ten zehn DUTCH, A. S. ENGLISH. GERMAN. elf endlufon eleven eilf twaalf twelf twelve zwolf der-tien veertien vijftien zestien zeventien achtien negentien Jjreo-ttyne feower-tyne fif-tyne six-tyne seofon-tyne eahta-tyne nigon-tyne thir-teen drei-zehn fourteen vierzehn fifteen funfzehn sixteen sechzehn seventeen siebzehn eighteen achtzehn nineteen neunzehn twin-tig dertig veertig twen-tig ]>ry-ttig feower-tig twen-ty zwan-zig thirty drei-ssig forty vierzig ( 3 ) ^Eol. for rreo are thus declined : Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fern. N.&A. twa(tii) twegen( 3 ) twa. J>reo ]>ry ]>reo A. & D. twam (twsem) Jjrym G. twegra (twega) preora. Ba, begen, ba both, follows twa; prefixed to twa it forms ba-twa (bu-tii) ( 4 ) which is indeclinable. The numbers feower to twelf inclusive, when used abso- lutely, have a nom. in -e, &c, ; as, ealle seofone all seven; an of J>am twelfum one of the twelve; an ( J ) The t- is probably a remnant of the prefix bond- retained before the vowel. ( 2 ) S. twa. G. zwei, zwo. ( 3 ) Twain, G. zween. ( 4 ) Hence both, G. beide ; comp. Italian ambe-due. PRONOUNS. 35 f>issa fifa one of these jive. Those above eahta usu- ally govern a genitive. Twentig and the others in -tig make abl. and dat. -tigum, gen. -tigra. Hund prefixed to the tens after sixtig (answering to -icovr-a, L. -gint-a) is sometimes dropt when hund hundred goes before; as, scipa an hund and eahta tig, of ships one hundred and eighty. Hund (hundred) follows II. 1 ; hundred arid Jmsend, III. 1. Units are placed before tens, as, six and fiftig, six and fifty. In numbers above a hundred, the smaller stands last, and the noun is repeated; as, Hund- teontig wintra and seofon and feowertig wintra, a hundred winters and seven and forty winters.( 5 ) Wintre affixed to numbers forms adjectives denoting age; as, fram twi-wintrum cilde, from the child of two years. VII. Ordinal Numbers. ])3et forme, se forma, seo forme first pset, se, seo oder second J)8et J>ry-dde, se Jjry-dda, seo }>ry-dde ( 6 ) thir-d feor-J>e, -J>a, -}>e four-th fif-te, -ta, -te fifth six-te, sixth seofo-J>e, -J>a, -pe ^^ seventh eahtoj>e eighth riigoj>e ninth ( 5 ) The northern nations reckoned time by winters. ( 6 ) Comp. rpi-ro, L. ter-tius, G. dri-tte, vier-te, &c. 36 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. teoj>e endlyf-te twelfte pry-tteode feower-teode t '< fif-teode six-teode seofon-teode { eahta-teode nigon teode twentig-ode pryttigode feowertigode fiftigode sixtigode hund-seofontigode hund-eahtatigode hund-nigontigode hund-teontigode hund-endlufontigode hund-twelftigode tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twenti-eth thirtieth fortieth fiftieth sixtieth seventieth eightieth ninetieth hundredth 110th 120M Units combined with ordinal tens stand first when cardinals, last when ordinals; as, an and J>ryttigode one and thirtieth; J>y twentigodan daage and }>y feordan drege Septembris, on the twenty and fourth day of September. He alt half placed after an ordinal number (like G. halb) reduces it by half ; as, oder-healf (lit. second- half ) one and a half , (G. andert-halb) ; Jjridde-healf VERBS CONJUGATION. 37 (lit. third-half) two and a half (G. dritte-halbX 1 ) A'n, twa, J>reo, form sen-e once, twi-wa (tu-wa) twice, J>ry-wa thrice; with the other cardinals, and all the ordinals, si A a time is used in the ablative for the same purpose; as, feower, fif, &c. sidum or sicton four, five, Sfc. times; (]>y) forman, octre, Jjryddan, &c. side the first, second, third, tyc. time. CHAPTER V. I. Verbs. Conjugation. THERE are two Orders of Verbs, as of Nouns ; viz. the Simple and the Complex ; ( 2 ) the former containing pure or open Verbs answering to the Greek in -aav, -eav, and -oetv, and to the Latin in -are, -ere, and -ire ; the latter impure or close Verbs, answering to the Greek regulars, and to the Latin in -ere, &c.( 3 ) The Simple Order forms its imperfect by adding -ode (-ede), -de, or -te to the root ; the participle past by adding -od (-ed), -d, or -t: in the Complex the imperfect becomes monosyllabic and changes its vowel ; the participle past ends in -en.( 4 ) The former is divided into three Classes forming one Conjugation; the latter into two Conjuga- tions of three Classes each. (') Comp. riiLiov-TQiroQ, L. sesqui-alter, -tertius, ( 2 ) Simple Verbs are by Grimm termed Weak, Complex Strong. ( 3 ) See Rask's Grammar, pp. 6770. ( 4 ) E. and G. verbs in general follow the A.S., though complex forma have in each not seldom become simple. 13 38 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. II. Comparative View of the Chief Tenses. SIMPLE ORDER, OR CONJUGATTON I. Examples luf-ian to love, G. lieb-en; hyr-an to hear, G. hbr-en; tell-an to tell, reckon, G. zahl~en. Imperfect. Part. past. luf-ode (ge-)luf-od Class I. 4 I love lov-ed lov-ed lieb-te ge-lieb-t hyr-de (ge-)hyr-ed Class II. 4 near hear-d hear-d hbr-te ge-hb'r t teal-de (ge-)teal-d Classing tell told tol-d zahl-te ge-z'ahl-t. COMPLEX ORDER. CONJUGATION II. Examples brec-an to break, G. brech-en ; heald-an to hold, G. halt-en ; drag-an to draw, drag, G. trag-en. Imperfect. Part. past. braec (ge-)broc-en Class I. 4 break brake brok-en brach ge-broch en heold (ge-)heald-en Class II. 4 hold held hold-en hielt ge-halt-en droh (ge-)drag-en Class III. 4 draw drew draw-n trug ge-trag-en. VERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 39 CONJUGATION III. Examples bind-an to bind, G. bind- drive, G. treib-en ; cliif an to cleave, G. Present. Imperfect. bind-e band Class I. -I bind . bind e drife Class r bii [. 1 bh LG.bir r drife j II. s drive LG, treib-e Class III. ;cliif-e cleave G. klieb-e bound band draf drove trieb cleaf clave klob en; drif-an to klieb-en. Part. past. (ge-)bund-en bound-en ge-bund-en (ge-)drif-en driv-en ge-trieb-en (ge-)clof-en clov-en ge-klob-en. III. Simple Order, or Conjugation I. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. hyr-e tell-e hyr-st tel-st hyr-ct tel d: hyr-ad: tell-ad hyr-e tell-e Imperfect. hyr-de teal-de hyr-dest teal-dest hyr-de teal-de hyr-don teal-don Sing. ic luf-ige (' J>u luf-ast he luf-ad Plur. we, ge, hi luf-iad luf-ige Sing. ic luf-ode J)ii luf-odest he luf-ode PL we, ge, hi luf-odon 0) Comp. love, lov-est, lov-eth; G. lieb-e, lieb-est, lieb-et, &c. L am-o, -as, -at, &c. 40 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Sing, luf-ige Plur. luf-ion Sing, luf-ode Plur. luf-odon Sing, luf-a C luf-iad (^ luf-ige Plur. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. hyr-e tell-e hyr-on tell-on Imperfect. hyr-de teal-de hyr-don teal-don IMPERATIVE MODE. hyr tel-e {"hyr-ad: Ctell-ad ^ hyr-e ^tell-e INFINITIVE MODE. Pres. luf-ian hyr-an tell- an Gerund, to luf-igenne hyr-enne tell-anne Part. pres. luf-igende hyr-ende tell-ende P. past (ge-) luf-od (ge-) hyr-ed (ge-) teal-d. The first form of the present indicative, and of the imperative plural, is used when the pronoun comes first, or is left out; as^ we lufiacl we love, hyract hear ; the second when the pronoun follows close ; as, telle ge tell ye? The subjunctive plural sometimes ends in -an or -en ; as, lufian, hyr den, and the like. The gerund, which is always preceded by to, and seems to be a kind of dative of the infinitive, answers to our infinitive pre- sent, active and passive, and to the Latin supines, infinitive future, active and passive, &c. ; as, Come J)ii us to for-spill anne ? earnest thou to destroy us ? L. nos perditum. Hw seder is edre to cwectanne? whether is easier to say ? L. facilius dictu. Eart J>ii se-J>e to cumenne eart? art thou he that is ( art) to come ? VERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 41 L. qui venturus est. Heo byd: to lufigenne ( l ) she is (must be, or ought) to be loved, L. amanda est. The infinitive of the first Class is often formed in -igan, some- times in -igean, for -ian, and g is put in or left out in some other forms with little or no change of pronun- ciation. The Gerund of the third Class sometimes makes -enne for -anne. Ge- may be prefixed to any part of verbs in general, but is oftenest used with the imperfect, and especially with the participle past, though not, as in German, to be considered the sign of the latter.( 2 ) IV. Class I. Like lufian are conjugated : Present. hatige losige clypige fullige fulige cunnige wacige( 3 ) hangige( 4 ) hyrige hergige macige bletsige ( 7 ) Hence the phrases " house to let," " he is to blame," ( ( 2 ) G e- is seldom used before another prefix. ( 3 ) Neut. L. vigilare; act. wee can. (4) Neut. L. pendere; act. hangan, hon. E2 Imperfect. Part. past. hatode (ge-)hatod hate losode losod be lost clypode clypod call^clepe fullode fullod baptize fiilode fiilod rot cunnode cunnod try wacode wacod watch hangode hangod hang hyrode hyrod hire hergode hergod harry macode macod make bletsode bletsod bless. 42 ANGLOSAXON GUIDE. Some verbs of this Class, especially those having e for their vowel, form their imperfect and part, past in -ede and ed, as well as -ode and od; as, herian to praise, seglian to sail, ge-fremian to profit, which make herede, (ge-)hered, or herode, herod; seglede, and the like: -ode and -od are sometimes changed into -ade and -ad. Swerian to swear, borrows some tenses from a complex form, making imperf. sweredeor swor swore; imp. subj. swore; imper. swera or swere ; part, past (ge-)sworen sworn. Folgian, fyligan, or fylian to follow, has imperf. folgode, fyligde, or fylide; imper. folga or fylig V. Class II. The second Class forms its imperfect and participle past in -de arid -ed, or in -te and -t, according to its characteristic letter ; the hard consonants, viz. t, p, c, x, requiring -te and -t ; the soft, viz. d, ct, f, g, w, 1 5 m, n, r, s, taking -de and -ed ; as, Present. Imperf. Part. past. mete mette (ge-)met meet(met) lette lette lett let, hinder dyppe dypte dypt di P (-t) tseee trehte tseht teach(taught) lixe lixte lixt gleam(~ed) laede Isedde laeded lead(led) sende sende send send cycle cyctde cycted make known ge-lyfe ge-lyfde ge-lyfed believe(-d) VERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 43 Present. Imperf. Part. past. wrege wregde wreged be-wray(-ed) be-leewe be-lsewde be-lsewed accuse(-d) fylle fylde fylled fill(-ed) tyme tymde tyrned teem(-ed) wene wende wened ween(-ed) Isere Iserde leered teach rsese rsesde rsesed rush(-ed). Some verbs in -gan are contracted; as, Jjreagan, Jjreari to vex, reproach, tweogan, tweon to doubt: pres. Jjreage or J>rea, J>reast, J>read; pi. Jjreagad, J>read, &c. ; tweoge or tweo, tweost, tweod:, &c. ; imperf. J>reade, tweode; part, past pread, tweod. The second and third persons singular sometimes make est, -ed, especially when many consonants might other- wise meet; as, nemne (/) name, nemnest, nemned; imperf. nemde : some have both forms ; as, Isede, Isetst, leet, or Isedest, Iseded; part, past Iseded or Ised. Verbs with s, d, and t form the third person in -t ; as, rsese, rsest ;'sende, sent; mete, met: those with d: in d:, as cyde, cyd; imperf. cydide or cydde ; p. past cyded or cyd. Verbs in this and the following classes with a double characteristic, drop one letter and take -e in the imperative ; as, dyppe, dype, and the like. To this class belong several transitives, derived from intransitives of the Complex Order; as, baernan to burn (act), from by man to burn (neut.); drencan (^) to drench, from drincan to drinh ; fyllan to fell, from (!) Comp. G. tranken, fallen, senken, setzen, from trinken, fallen, siuken, sitzen. 44 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. feallan to fall; a-rseran to rear, from a-risan to arise; sen can to sink (act.), from sin can to sink (neut.) ; settan to set, from sittan to sit ; aernan to let run, from yrnan to run. Lybban to live, and hycgan to think, borrow some forms from leofian, and hogian: they are thus conjugated: Indie, pres. 1. lybbe Subj. pres. lybbe 2. leofast plur. lybbon 3. leofad: Imperf. leofode , ("lybbad plur. leofodon plur. < , uu T , r lybbe Imper. leofa Imperf. leofode(-st) Clybbad plur. leofodon '(Jybbe Infin. pres. lybban Part. pres. lybbende Ger. lybbenne P.past (ge-)leofod. Hsebban or habban^) to have, has some forms as if from hafian : it is thus conjugated : Ind.pres.l. haebbe (habbe) Subj.pres. habbe (haebbe) 2.haefst (hafast) plur. habbon 3. haafct (hafad) Imperf. haefde f habbaet(hafiad) plur. haefdon haebbe (habbe) Imper. hafa Imperf. haefde(-st) , Chabbad: plur. haefdon ' (^ habbe Inf. pres. haebban(habban)Part. pres. haebbende Ger. habbenne P.past (ge-)hae fed, haefd. The first person present is sometimes in poetry hafu (') Comp. throughout L. hab-ere, G. hab-en. VERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 45 or hafo. Nabban (for nehabban) to have not, has an Indicative, Subjunctive, and Imperative, following habban. VI. Class III. The third Class changes e into ea, e into 6, &c. in the imperfect, forming it in -de or -te, and the part, past in -d or -t by the rules given above. The English synonyms commonly change the vowel in like manner, the German sometimes. Pres. Imperf. Part. past. stelle stealde (ge-) steald leap recce reahte( 2 ) reaht reck (r aught) sylle sealde seald sell (sold) secge f saegde ^saede saegd ) saed 5 say (said) lecge lede led lay (laid) bycge bohte boht buy (bought) sece sohte s&ht seek (sought) bringe( 3 ) brohte broht bring (brought) wyrce worhte worht work (wrought) Secge makes 3 sing. pres. segd: or sagacl; imper. sege or saga. The impersonal }?incan (G. diinken) to seem, must not beconlounded with Jjencan (G. denk- en) to think, pincan makes 3 sing. pres. pined (G. dlinkt) (me-) t kinks ; plur. Jjincad; imperf. Jmhte (G. diinkte) (me-)thought ; part, past {ge-)]>uht. ( 2 ) Also rehte, &c. ; rece, rohte is another form. ( 3 ) Comp. G. bringe, brachte, ge-bracht. 46 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. pencan makes imperf. })6hte (G. dachte) thought; part, past (ge-)])6ht (G. ge-dacht). A few transit! ves also from complex intransitives belong to this class ; as, a-cwellan to hill (quell), from a-cwelan to perish (quail) ; lecgan ( J ) to lay, from licgan to lie ; weccan to awaken, from wacan to wake. Willan( 2 ) to will) and nyllan( 3 ) to will not, are thus conjugated: INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. l.wille Cwille 2. wilt " ^willon 3. wile T -fwolde , ^willad ^woldon Cwille INFINITIVE. Imperf. wolde ( st) Pres. willan pi. woldon P. pres. willende Pres, l.nelle Pres. nelle(nylle) 2.nelt pi. nellon(nyllon) 3. nele(nyle) l mper f.f nolde , Cnellad(nyllad) f noldon P ' (.nelle . Cnelle Imper. ^ Imperf. \ n a , c. (^ noldon Infin. nyllan. VII. Complex Order. The Complex Order changes the vowel in the imper- fect, as in English and German : the imperfect ends ( J ) Comp. G.legen, wecken, from liegen, wachen. ( 2 ) KovX-eaOai, L. vell-e, vol-ui j G. woll-en, will, &c. woll-te. ( 3 ^ L. nolle, for ns veile. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 47 with the characteristic, which however if bb becomes f ; if g, h : in the second pers. sing, and in the plural h again becomes g. The Second Conjugation changes certain vowels in the second and third persons sing, present as in German. The part, past sometimes changes its vowel, as in Eng- lish and German. Examples brecan to break, healdan to hold, drag- an to draw, draff. CLASS II. CLASS III. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. healde drage hyltst drsegst hylt(healt) drsegd fhealdact Cdragaet C healde ^drage Imperfect. heold droh heolde droge heold dr&h heoldon drogon SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Sing, brece healde drage Plur. brecon healdon dragon Imperfect. Sing. breece heolde droge Plur. brsecon he&ldon drogon. ( 4 ) Comp. G. breche, brichst, bricht ; halte, haltst, halt ; plur. brechen, halten, Sec. CLASS I. Sing. L brece( 4 ) 2.bricst S.bricd Cbrecad Plur. 1 Sing, l.braec 2. brsece 3. brsec Plur. brsecon 48 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. IMPERATIVE MODE. Sing, brec heald drag Cbrecact Plur. ) ^healdaet Cdragacl ^brece } healde t drage INFINITIVE MODE. Pres. brecan healdan dragan Gen. to brecanne healdanne draganne P.pres, brecende healdende dragende P.past. (ge-)brocen (ge-)healden (ge-)dragen. VIII. Class I. In the First Class e becomes in the second and third persons sing, present, i or y ; i remains unchanged, as in German. The imperfect is formed in ae, which in the second pers. sing, and the whole plural becomes se ; or in ea : in the part, past i sometimes becomes e ; e, o, &c. First pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. P. past. Tsprece( 1 ) spricd spraec (ge-)sprecen spece spied spaec specen speak spake spoken trede . trit trsed treden tread trod trodden ete yt set eten eat ate eaten lese list lass lesen lease, gatker (") Comp. G. sprecbe, spracb ; trete, trat, ge-treten, &c. ge-bare, -bar, *boren ; steble, etabl, ge-stoblen, &c. First pers. pres. bidde bid sitte sit liege lie swefe sleep bere bear stele steal for-gite forget gife give VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. Third pers. bitt Imperf. baed bade sitt sset sate lid swefd laeg lay swaef byrd: baer bare styld staal stole for-git gifd for-geat for gat geaf gave 49 P. past. beden bidden seten sitten legen lien, lain swefen boren lorn stolen stolen for-giten forgotten gifen given Niman to take, makes third pers. pres. nimd:; im- perf. nam, name, &c. p. past numen. Cuman (cwuman) to come makes third pers. cymd; imperf. com (cwom), come, &c. p. past cumen. Wesan to bsis thus conjugated: INDICATIVE. Pres. 1. eom( 2 ) Imperf. 1. waes 2. eart 2.weere 3. is (ys) 3. waes plur. synd (syndon) plur. waeron ( 2 ) Comp. elfjL-i, IOT-I ; L. sum, est, sum-us, sunt, sim, er-am, &c. ; G. ist, sind, seyd, sey, war, ware, ge-wesen. 50 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. sy, (sig, seo) Imperf. wsere plur. syn plur. weeron Imper. wes Inf. pres. wesan t wesact Ger. to wesanne plur.< _. . ^wese Part. pres. we send e Part, past (ge-)wesen. With some of these forms the negative ne is thus combined : Pres. 1. (ic) neom (2) am not. 3. nis (nys) ; imperf. nses, &c. ; subj. imperf. nsere, &c. Cwedari to say is thus conjugated : Indie, pres. cwecte, cwyst, cwyd; imperf. cwaett, cwsede, cwaed: (quoth), pi. cwsedon; subj, pres. cwede, imperf. cwaede; part, past (ge-)cweden: it is otherwise regular. IX. Class II. In the Second Class a becomes se; ea, y; ea, y ; 6, e, in the second and third persons : the imperf. has 6, or eo (e or eo). First pers. pres. Third person. Imperf. Part. past. leetef) Iset let (ge-)lseten let slsepe slsepct slep slsepen sleep slep-t(*) (') Comp. G. lasse,lasst, liess, ge-lassen; heisse, hiess; wachse, wuchs ; laufe, lauft, lief, &c. ( 2 ) Slept, lept, swept, wept, are complex forms become simple : step, kp 9 &c., as also bet, are still in P. use. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 51 First pers. pres. Third person. Imperf. Part. past. hate command hset j het 5 haten ho hehd heng hangen hang hung wealde wylt weold wealden govern, wield fealle fyld feoll feallen fall (feald) fell fallen weaxe wyxd weox weaxen wax, grow waxen beate beated beot beaten beat (bet) beaten blote blet bleot bloten sacrifice hleape hlypd hleop hleapen leap lep-t swape swaepd sweop swapen sweep (swaped) swep-t wepe wepd weop wepen weep wep-t cnawe cnsewd cneow cnawen know knew known heawe heawed heow heowen /aew; hewn growe grewd greow growen S grew grown ( 3 ) H e" h t is a relic of the reduplication in use in Gothic as in Greek, and of which Latin retains several instances j 1 e 6 1 c from 1 a c a n to play nature. 52 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. The imperfects without an accent are of doubtful quantity. Hatari when meaning to be called, has the simple im- perfect hatte, but part, past (ge-)haten. Ho makes pres. plur. hod, ho ; imper. hoh; infin. hangan or hon, and is followed by fangan, fon to take. Cneow and the like often become cnew &c. Gangan, gan( ] ) to go, don to do, and buan to in- habit, cultivate (G. bauen, L. colere) are thus conju- gated : INDICATIVE. Pres. 1. gange, ga( 2 ) do biie 2.gsest dest byst S.gsed ded byd ^gad Cdod P (.ga (do Imperf. geong, eode dyde bude SUBJUNCTIVE. Sing, ga do bu PI. gan don bun IMPERATIVE. Sing. gang, ga do (') S. and P. g a n g, g a e. The contracted forms are most used ; e 6 d e is the common imperfect, geong the poetical, ( 2 ) Comp. G. gehe, gieng, ge-gangen ; thue, that, ge-than. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 53 INFINITIVE. Pres. gangan, gan don Ger. to donne P. pres. gangende donde P. past gangen, gan (ge-)d&n biian biiende (ge-)bun. X. Class III. In the Third Class, a becomes se ; ea, y, &c. in the second and third persons : the imperfect has 6. First pers. pres. Third person. Imperf. Part. past. scace scaecd scoc (sceoc) (ge-)scacen shake shook shaken fare( 3 ) faerd: for faren fare, go hlihhe hlihd hloh hlogen lauyh 'slea slyhd sloh slegen slay , slew slain blade hlset h!6d hladeu lade laden grafe graefd grof grafen grave, dig graven hebbe hefd hof hafen heave hove scyppe scypd scop (sceop) sceapei shape, create wacse wsexd wash woes shapen waescen washen ( 3 ) G. fahre, fahrt, fuhr, ge-fahren ; schlage, schlugj hebe, hob, ge- hoben 5 scheide, schied, ge-schieden, &c. 1-2 54 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. First pers. pres. Third pers. Iraperf. Part. past. stande stent stod standen stand stood gale gseld gol galen enchant spane spaend: spon spanen allure sceade scyt sceod( 1 ) sceaden f, sked Slea makes imper. slyh or sleh; infin. slean : thus also lean to blame, and }>wean to wash ; p. past J>wegen, pwogen. Stande sometimes has standest, standed:. XL- Conjuga tion III. In the Third Conjugation the vowel remains the same in the present; but that of the imperfect is changed in the second person singular, and in the whole plural : the part, past has either the same vowel as these persons, or one near akin. Examples: bindan to bind,drilan to drive, cliifan to cleave. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Sing, l.binde drife c!6fe 2. bintst drifst clufst 3. bint drifcl cliifd P. shod. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. Plur. f bindad fdrifacl f clufad: ^binde ^ drife ^clufe Imperfect. Sing. 1. band draf cleaf 2. bunde drife clufe 3. band draf cleaf Plur. bundon drifon clufon SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Sing. binde drife clufe Plur. bindon drifon clufon Imperfect. Sing. bunde drife clufe Plur. bundori drifon clufon IMPERATIVE MODE. Sing. bind drif cluf Plur f bindad f drifad J clufad: JL i U i ' ^binde i drife ^cliife INFINITIVE MODE. Pres. bindan drifan cliifan Ger. bindanne drifanne clufanne P. pres. bindende drifende cliifende P. past (ge-)bunden (ge-)drifen (ge-)clofen. XII. Class L In the First Class, i (y), e, eo, become a (o), ea, se, in the imperfect, and these in the second person and plural are again changed to u : the part, past has u or o. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. First pers. pres. yrne( 1 ) Third pers. yrnct Imperf. Part. past. arn (ge-)urnen run ran run Cfrine ( frigne frind fran freegn frunen > frugnen 3 enquire singe singd sang sungen sing drince drincct sang dranc sung druncen drink drank drunken swimme swimct swamm swommen swim swam swum climbe climbcf clomm clumben climb clomb swelle swell swylcl sweoll swollen swollen swelge swallow swylgct swealh swolgen melte melt mylt mealt molten molten gelde gyit geald golden pay helpe help delfe delve hylpd dylfd healp dealf holpen holpen dolfen murne myrnct mearn mornen mourn f 1 ) G. rinne, rann, ge-ronnen ; singe, sang, ge-sungen ; trinke, trank 5 schwelle, schwillt, schwoll, ge-schwollen, &c. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 57 . First pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. P. past. beorge byrgd bearh borgen save, defend weorpe wyrpd wearp worpen throw steorfe styrfd staerf storfen die, starve berste byrst bserst borsten burst borsten Jjersce ])yrscd J>sersc Jjorscen thresh feohte fyht feaht fohten fight fought fought en Cbregde braegd brogden ^brede brit breed broden braid, draw Weordan( 2 ) to be, to become, is thus conjugated: Indie. pres. sing.l. weorde Subj. pres. weorde, &c. 2. wyrst Imperf. wurde, &c. 3. wyrd Imper. weord ("weordad , Cweordad plur.J plur. weorde ^weorde Imperf. sing. 1. weard Infin. pres. weordan 2. wurde Ger. weordanne 3. weard Part, pres. weordende plur. wurdon P.past (ge-)worden ( 2 ) Comp. throughout G . werden. 58 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. XIII. Class II. In the Second Class, i becomes in the imperfect a, and this in the second person, &c. i : the part, past has likewise i. First pers. pres. scinej 1 ) shine Third pers. scind Imperf. scan shone Part. past. (ge-)scinen write writ wrat writen write wrote written a-rise a-rist a-ras a-risen arise arose arisen be-swice be-swicd be-swac be-swicen deceive stige ascend stihd stah stigen a-bide a-bided a-bad a-bideri abide abode abiden gripe gripd grap gripen gripe ride rit rad riden ride rode ridden spiwe spiwd spaw spiwen spew wride wrid wrad spewn wriden writhe, wreathe (*) G. scheme, griffen, &c. schien, ge-schienen ; steige, stieg; greife, griff, ge- VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. O9 XIV. Class III. In the Third Class, eo or u becomes ea in the im- perfect ; in the second person &c. u : the part, past has o. First pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. Part. past. reoce( 2 ) rycd reac (ge-)rocen reek sceote scyt sceat scoten shoot shot shotten creope qrypct creap cropen creep ceowe cywct ceaw cowen chew leoge lyhd leah logen lye ~ fledge flyhd fle^h flogen fly, flee flew flown beode bead boden bid bade bidden suce sycd seac socen suck buge byhd beah bogen bow, bend bown lute lyt leat loten lout, bow ( 2 ) G. rieche, roch, ge-rochen ; schiesse, schoss, &c. 60 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Ceosan to choose, makes third pers. pres. cyst; im- perf. ceas chose, second pers. cure, plur. curon; p. past coren( 1 ). Seodan to seethe, has third pers. syd; imperf. sead, sode, &c. ; p. past soden sodden.( 2 ) Thus also others in -san and -dan. Fle&ge is contracted to fleo, plur. fleod, fleo; infin. fleogan, fleon; thus likewise teogan, te on to draw, tug : wreon to cover, and J>e6n to thrive, have only the contracted forms. Seon to see, makes imperf. seah or seh, sawe or sege, &c t imper. seoh or syh ; part, present seonde ; part, past (ge-)sewen, or segen. Ge-feon (-fean) to rejoice, has imperf. ge-feah or -feh, ge-fage or -fege; part, past ge-fagen, -f segen. Be on to be, is defective : Indie, pres. 1. beo( 3 ) Subj. pres. beo 2. byst plur. beon 3. byd Imper. beo , fbeod Cbeod plur.] Infin. beon. Ger. to beonne. Part. pres. beonde. XV. Anomalous Verbs. The following verbs are Anomalous, having for their present an old imperfect of the Complex Order, and for their imperfect one formed since after the Simple Order. (') G. kiese, kor, ge-koren. ( 2 ) G. siede, sott. ge-sotten. ( 3 ) G. bin, bist. VERBS ANOMALOUS. 61 Pres. 1. 3. A'h, 2. age, pi. agon (owe); imperf. ahte (ought); infin. agan; p. past, agen : own, possess. Likewise combined with ne ; nah, nahte, &c. An, 2. unne, pi. unnon ; imperf. licte ; inf. unnan ; p. past (ge-)unnen: grant. Can( 2 ) (can}; 2. cunne or canst, pl.cunnon ; imp. ciide (could); inf. cunnan ; p. past (ge-)cud: know, ken, be able. Deah, duge, dugon; imp. dohte ; inf. dugan: be good, brave, worth. Dear, dearst, durron; subj.durre: imp. dorste (durst); inf. dearan : dare. Ge-man( 3 ) r ge manst, ge-munon : imp. ge-munde; inf ge-munan : remember. Maeg( 4 ),miht, magon(may); subj.maege (mage); imp. mihte (meahte) (might) ; inf, magan : be able. M6t( 5 ), most, m&ton; subj. mote; imp. moste: may, might, must. Sceal( 6 ) (shall), scealt (shalt), sceolon (sculon) ; subj. scyle ; imp. sceolde (should); inf. sculan : owe. Wat(7) (wot), wast, witon ; imp. wiste (wisse) (wist); subj.wite; imper. wite, witact; inf. witan; ger. to witanne (to wit); p. pres. witende; p. past witen : know. Thus also ny tan to know not. ( 7 ) Comp. L. novi I know ; G. kenne, kann, kannte, konnte, &c. ( 3 ) Comp. L. defective me-min-i I remember. ( 4 ) G. mag, moge, mogte, &c. ( 5 ) G. muss, musste, &c. ( 6 ) G. soil, sollte, &c. ( 7 ) Comp. oida I know ; G. weiss, wusste, wissen ; L. scio j as distin* guished from can (c n a we) yii/wo-icw, L. novi* G 62 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. pearf('), pearft or Jmrfe, Jjurfon; subj. purfe; imp. Jjorfte; inf. Jjearfan : need. XVI. Auxiliaries, &fc. The A. S. has no future tense, the present serving for both : wille and sceal, like G. will and soil, imply will, duty, and the like, and are not used like will and shall, to form a simple future ; the present of be& n has commonly a future power. The perfect and pluperfect are formed as in English, German, &c. by means of the verb to have ; as, ic ha3bbe (ge-)lufod I have loved.(-) The participle past being as in the above-named tongues the only true passive form, the passive tenses are formed throughout by the help of the auxiliaries wesan, weorctan, and beon to be; as, present ic eom, or weorcte lufod( 3 ) / am loved ; imperf. ic waes, or wearct lufod ; perf. iceom lufod worden / have been loved ; pluperf. ic waes lufod worden I had been loved; future, ic be& lufod I shall be loved. Impersonal verbs are like those of other languages ; as, hit rind: it rains; hit ge limpd: it happens. Some have a passive sense; as, a-lyfct it is allowed, lawful (L. licet) ; ge-wyrct it is agreed, seems good (L. convenit). (') G. darf, durfte. ( 2 ) The imperfect is often used for the pluperfect. ( 3 ) Comp. G. ich habe, hatte, werde, wurde, ge-liebt; ich bin, war, geliebt worden. PREFIXES. 63 CHAPTER VI. I. Formation of Words. Prefixes. As in Greek, Latin, German, &c. this branch of the language must be strictly attended to, if we would learn the origin, gender, and inflection of words: it consists of Derivation, and Composition, in both which the A. S. closely resembles the German. Derivation either modi- fies the meaning of a word by putting before it a prefix, or changes its part of speech, and inflection, by adding a termination. Composition forms new words by joining one or more together. The following are the chief prefixes : un- (on-) (L. in-; E. and G. un-) : un-scyldig (G. un-schuldig) in-nocent ; un-tigian to un-tie. n- (ne not; L. ne) : n-yllan (for newillan ; L. n-olle for ne velle) to will not, nill; n-an none. mis- (E. mis-; G. miss-, misse-) : mis-truwian (G. mis-trauen) to mis-trust; mis-dsed (G. misse -that) mis- deed. wan-( 4 ) (wana wanting): wan-hal unhealthy. to-( 5 ) (L. dis-; G.zer-) : to-brecan (L. dis-rumpere, G. zer-brechen) to break in pieces ; to-drifan (L. dis- pellere, G. zer-treiben) to scatter, drive away. ( 4 ) Hence O. wan-hope (D. wan-hoop) despair ; wan-trust (D. wan- trouw) mis-trust. ( 5 ) Hence O. to-broken, to-torn &c. The prefix to- must be carefullj distinguished from the preposition 1 6. 64 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. for O (L.per-; E./or-; G. ver-): for-be6dan (G- ver-bieten) to for-bid ; for-swerian (L. per-jurare) to for-swear ; for-gan to forgo; for-bsernan (G. ver- brennen) to burn up, consume ; for-gifan (G. ver-geben) to give away, for-give. wider- (wid against; G. wider-): wider-saca (G. wider-sacher) adversary. and- (avri; G. ant-) : and-wlita (G. ant litz) coun- tenance. ge- (G. ge-; L. com-, con-, co~) : has in general a col- lective sense; as, ge-brodra (G. ge-brlider) brethren; ge-scy (G. ge-schuhe, F. chaussure) shoes; ge-maene (G. ge-mein, L. com-mune) common; ge-fera (G. ge- fahrte, L. com-es) companion ; it forms active verbs from neuters, nouns, &c. as, ge-standan to urge; ge-pencan (G.ge-denken) to think of , remember ; ge-strangian to strengthen ; ge-leanian to reward ; ge-niderian to de- grade, condemn; from standan, }>encan, strang, lean (reward), nider ; or gives a figurative sense ; as, bid dan to ask, beg, ge-biddan to pray. Many words, however, take ge- without any change of meaning; as, seon, ge- seontosee; hyran, ge-hyran to hear, obey; mearc, ge-mearc mark, limit; rum, ge-rum wide, roomy. be- (E. andG. be-) makes neuter verbs active; as, gan to go, be-gan to commit, 6fc. (G. gehen,be-gehen) ; feran to go, be-feran to travel over (G. fahren, be- fahren). It is sometimes privative; as, bycgan to buy, be-bycgan to sell ; be-heafdian to be-head: often in- (') Hence O. far-done, far-spent, &c. The prefix fo r- must not be con- founded with the preposition for, which seems not to occur in composition. NOMINAL TERMINATIONS. 65 tensive; as, reafian to rob, be-reafian to be-reave (G. rauben, be-rauben) ; be-gyrdan (G. be-giirten) to be- gird; or otherwise modifies the sense; as, be-healdan tobe-hold, be-sprecan (G. be-sprechen) to be-speak. ed- (again, re-) : ed-iiiwian to re-new. sin- (simle always, L. semper) : sin-gren ever-green. sam- (L. semi-): sam-cuce( 2 ) half-quick, kalf-dead. seg- or ge- gives pronouns and adverbs an indeter- minate sense; as, seg-hwylc (ge-hwylc) each, every se g-h wider whithersoever. 1 1 . Nominal Terminations. The following are the chief Nominal Terminations, denoting for the most part persons : -a( 3 ) : cemp-a warrior, champion; hunt-a hunter; bog-a bow. -ere: (E. and G. -er ; L. -or): reaf-ere (G. faub-er) robb-er ; ssed-ere (L. sat-or) sow-er. -end (from the part. pres. ) : Hael-end (G. Heil-and) Saviour, healer; weald-end ruler. -e : hyrd-e herd, keeper; sig e victory; riht-wis-e righteousness. -el, -ol, -1 (E. -le; G. -el) : byd-el (G. bed-el) herald, bead-le; gaf-ol tribute, gav-el ; set-1 (G. sess-el) seat, sett-le. -ing: aedel-ing prince, young noble; Woden-ing son of Woden ; earm-ingpoor wretch. ( 2 ) Cue, cucu, cue en, cwic (-e) are also found. ( 3 ) Answering sometimes to L. -o ; as, gum-a, L. hom-owan, groom; heace br y d-guma G. brauti-gam, bride-groom. G2 66 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE* -ling (E. -ling; G. -lein, -liny): cnsep-ling (G. knab-lein) little boy ; deor-ling (G. theuer-ling) dar- ling. -incle (L. -uncul-us, -a) : rap-incle little rope. -en (E. -en ; G. -chen): maegd-en maid-en, from maegct maid (G. magd, mad-chen) ; cyc-en chick-en, from cocc cock. -en (E. -eri) : J>eod-en sovereign ; byrd-en burin-en. en (E. -en; G. -in). Feminines from masculines sometimes change the vowel; as, J>en, }>in-en slave, female slave; fox, fyx-en (G. fuchs, fiichs-in) fox, vix-en; sometimes not; as, J>eow. J>eow-en slave. Some change the vowel, and take -e; others change the vowel only; as, mearh, myr-e horse, mare; wulf, wylf (G. wolf, wolf-in) wolf, she-wolf. -estre (E. and D. -ster) : sang-estre (D. zang-ster) song-ster, from sangere singer; saern-estre seam-ster, from saem-ere seamer, tailor. (*) The following denote a state, action, or the like : -dom (E. -dom ; G. -thum): wis-dom wis-dom ; cyne-d6m( 2 ) (G. konig-thum) king-ship. -had (E.-head, -hood; G. -heit) : maeden-had maid- en-head ; cild-had (G. kind-heit) child-hood. ( l ) In songstr-ess, seamstr-ess, a Latin-French termination has been super- added. Huck-ster 9 malt-ster, tap-ster, and the like, are the true feminines ofhawk-er, malt-er, tapp-er, &c. Spin-ster is yet rightly used. ( a ) We have confounded -dom and -rr, but -Horn was properly the office , rank, -rice the territory : thus, c y n e-d 6 m, cy n e-r ice (G. konig-reich) j b i s c e o p-d 6m, b i s c e o p-r ice, aud the like. ADJECTIVAL TERMIXATI NS. 67 -scipe (E. -ship ; G. -schaft) : hlaford-scipe lord- ship; freond-scipe (G. freund-schaft) friend-ship. -lac (E. -lock) : wif-lac, wed-lock. -ad, -od: hunt-ad hunting', war-od sea-shore. -ud, -d (E.th; G.-end): geog-ud (G. jug-end) youth; treow-d troth, truth. -least (-lyst; from adj. in -leas) : gyme-least heed- lessness. -ung,-ing (E. -ing; G. -ung): halg-ung (G. heilig- ung) hallow-ing ; leorn-ing learn-ing. -nes (-nys, -nis: E. -ness ; G. -niss) : car-leas-nes careless-ness ; ge-lic-nes (G. gleich-niss) like-ness. -u, -eo, -o (G. -e): h-xt-u (G. hitz-e) heat ; msenig-eo (G. ineng-e) many, multitude; breed-o (G. breit-e) breadth. -els (E. -le ; G. -el) : rsed-els (G. r'aths-el) ridd-le ; st ice- els (G. stach-el) stick-le, sting. -ed : rec ed mansion ; eow-ed flock. -m (E. -om ; G -en): bot-m (G. bod-en) bott-om. -ot, -et, -t: f>eow-ot, ]>eow t slavery; baern-et burning. -d, -t (E. -tli, -d, -t\ G. -) : ge-byr-d (G. ge-bur-t) bir-th\ ge-cyn-d kiu-d, nature; mih-t (G. mach-t) migh-t. -rsedenCrsed counsel): hiw-reeden house-hold, maeg- r se den relationship. III. Adjectival Terminations. -e : aedal-e noble ; fcpg-e fated, fey. -ig (E. "tyj G. -ig] : dreor-ig (G. traur-ig) drcar-y ; , bys-ig bus-y. 68 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. -lie (E. -like, -ly, G. -lick): leof-lic (G. lieb-lich) love-ly; wif-lic (G. weib-lich) woman-like, woman-ly. -isc (E. -ish, G. isch) : cild-isc (G. kind-isch) child" ish ; Engl-isc (G. engl-isch) Engl-ish, Anglo-Saxon. -sum (E. -some, G. -sam) : lang-sum (G. lang-sam) tedious, long-some; wyn-sum (G. wonne-sam) amiable, win-some. -ol (-ul) (L. -ul-us) : sprec-ol talkative. -en (E. and G. en) : fleax-en (G. flachs-en) flax-en ; heed-en heath -en. -bsere (beran to bear : G. -bar) : lust-bsere (G. lust- bar) pleasant ; w ae s t m-b ae r e fruitful. -cund (cynn kind, race) : woruld-cund worldly. -iht (G. -icht) : porn-iht (G. dorn-icht) thorny. -weard(adj. and adv.; E. -ward): to-weard to- ward, to come; ham-weard home-ward. -feald (E. -fold): an-feald single, one-fold; twi- feald, two-fold; manig-feald mani-fold. -leas (E. -less, G. -los) : syn-leas (G. slinde-los) sin-less ; ar-leas (G. ehr-los) void of honour, impious. -vrinfwiseji ge-wis (G. ge-wiss) certain; riht-wis righteous. -ern (E. -ern) : sud-ern south-ern. -tyme: hefig-tyme troublesome. IV. Verbal Terminations. -Ian (-igan, -igean) forms verbs (I. 1.) from nouns, adjectives, and particles; as, cear-ian to care, ge- hyrsumian to obey, wider-ian to oppose; from cearu care, ge-hyrsum obedient, wider against. PARTICLES. 0)9 C, g, n, or s, sometimes stands before -ian ; as, gear- c-ian to prepare, syn-g-ian to sin, wit-n-ian to punish, meer-s-ian to magnify; from gearu ready, yare,syn sin, \vite punishment, maere great, famous. -an is contracted from -angan, -agan, or -agan, and -ahan; as, gangan, gan to go ; smeagan, smean to consider, enquire; J>reagan, J>rean to vex; sleahan, slean (G. schlagen) to strike, slay. -on is contracted from -angan, or -6 gan ; as, f angan, fon to take ; teogan, teon to draw, tug. -ettan : hal-ettan to hail, greet, from hal whole, hale. After c and g, e is not seldom inserted ; as, rsec-ean, })icg-ean, for reec-an to reach, ])icg-an to touch, taste, &c. Other verbs in general fo -m the infinitive in -an. V. Particles. Adverbs, prepositions, arid conjunctions, are either primitive words, that is, not to be further resolved in the language treated of, or are formed from nouns (often obsolete), adjectives, &c. governed by a preposition ex- pressed or understood. Of the former kind are nu now, geo (iii), formerly, eft again, get (let), yet, be by, &c. for for, to to, ac but, gif if, &c. Of the latter kind, (to take the cases in order) are the accusatives on-weg (a- w e g) a-way ; o n-b ae c (under-, o f e r-b a? c) a-back , back; (on-)ge-mang a-mong ; on-gean (a-gen) a-gain, a-gainst ; e a 1 n e-w e g al-way. 70 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. -e (abl. or dat.) forms many adverbs from nouns, adjec- tives^ 1 ) &c. ; as, on-riht-e (L. rect-e) ( 2 ) a-riht a-right, rightly; lang-e (L. long-e) long; mid-ealle alto- gether; be-d&le partly ; to-socte in sooth, truly; of- diine, a-diin a-down, down ; to-gaedere (aet-gsedere), to-somne (aet-somne, G. zu-sammen), to-gether. lic-e (E, -ly ; the same, borrowed from adjectives in -lie): sceort-lic-e short-ly, strang-lic-e strong-ly. Other ablatives are the conjunctions for-J>y therefore ; (for-) hwy? (for) why? ; datives for-J>am because, to- J>6n-J>set in order that, sid-Jjan (G. seit-dem) since. -um, -on (abl. or dat. plur.) : (on) hwil-um, hwil on whilome, whiles, wundr-um wondrously, hwyrft-um by turns, sticce-mselum( 3 ) piece-meal, be lytl-um and lytl-um by little and little, furd-um (-on) even, just, on-sundr-on in-sunder, a-sunder. es (genitive) : niht-es(*) (VUKT-OC, G. nacht-s) of a night, by night, will-es willingly, ned-es of necessity, needs, eall-es altogether, nall-es by no means, sod es of a truth, to-gean-es against, to-midd-es amidst. -a, -unga, -inga (perhaps gen. plur.): gear-a of (!) Those in -h and -u take g and w, as, heah, heage; nearu, n e a r w e : see Adjectives Def., and Indef. I. ( 2 ) L. adverbs in -e were perhaps ablatives, like those in -o, as ver-o and the like. ( 3 ) Stic (II. 1) piece, bit, (steak) (G. stuck) ; m ae 1 (II. 3) (G. mahl) meal, time of eating, milking cows, fyc. ( 4 ) The proper genitives of niht, will a, and ned (neod) are nihte, willan, nde; at an early stage of the language, all nouns formed the gen. in -es or s ; comp. the many Gr. and L. genitives in -o &c. and -is. COMPOSITION. 71 yore, son-a soon, forthwith, eall-unga altogether, hol- inga in vain, yrr-inga angrily. -an (an oblique case) : niw-an of late, newly, for-an before, on-midd-an, a-midd-an a-mid, wid>ut-an without, buf-an( 5 ) (for be-uf-an) a-bove; a-but-an (for on-be-ut-an) a-bout, &c. Other adverbial terminations are : -der ( motion to ): hi-der hi-ther, ])i-der thi-ther, hwi-der whi-ther. -on, -an (motion from ) : heon-on hence, ]>an-on thence, h wan-on whence. -r, -ra, -e, &c. (rest in ) : her here, J>aer (Jjara) there hwaer (hwar) where ; inn-e within, ut-e without. VI. Composition.^) The A. S. language, like the Greek, German, &c abounds in compound words, of which the last part com- monly settles the part of speech. Nouns and adjectives are usually compounded together, and with verbs, with- out change, as in English, &c. ; as, fic-treow jig-tree, heafod-man (G. haupt-mann) head-man, captain, heah- sacerd, high-priest, bi see op-rice bishop-ric, stsef- craeft letter-craft, grammar, medo-aern( 7 ) mead-hall, J>eow-boren slave-born, stede-feest stead-fast, bealo- full baleful, sriaw-hwit (G. schnee-weiss) snow-white, iren-heard (G. eisen-hart) as hard as iron, lif-faestan ( 5 ) D. bo yen; " Oranje boren !" ( 8 ) See Rask, pp. 113117. (7) Or -e rn j s e a 1 t-e r n salt-em. 72 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. to quicken, ful-fremman (G. voll-bringen) to ful-fil, and the like. A noun, however, standing first, is often put in the genitive case, especially in local names; as, domes- d&gdoom's-day, hilde-byrnewwr-corsfetf; Engla-land England i land of the Angles ; Cant-wara-burh Canter- bury, burgh of the Kenters ; Cinges-tun Kings-town, Kingston; Beorminga-ham Birming-ham, home of the Beormings ; Oxena-ford Ox-ford, ford of oxen; from dom, hild, Engle, Cant-ware, cing, Beorming, ox a. One or each part is sometimes shortened, &c. ; as, frum-cenned first-born, sel-beorht all-bright, mild-heort mild-hearted; from fruma beginning, eall, milde, heorte. Prepositions and adverbs commonly stand before verbs, &c. without change, as in English, German, &c. ; as, ymb-gang (G. um-gang) circuit; purh-faran (G. durch-fahren) to go through; wid- standan (G. wider-stehen) to with-stand ; to-cyme coming to (L. ad-ventus) ; f or e-rynt\ fore-runner ; fore- mihtig (L. prae-potens) very mighty ; up-riht (G. auf- recht) up-right; up-stigan( 1 ) (G. auf-steigen) to go up ; nider-stigan (G. nieder-steigen) to go down ; ford-gan (G. fort-gehen) to go forth; lit-lag out-law (L. ex-lex) ; ofer-cuman to over-come; ofer-mod (G. iiber-muth) pride ; u n d e r-n i m a n ( G. un ter-n ehmen ) to under-tahe ; fram-ge-witan to depart from ; in-leedan (G. ein- leiten) to lead in; geond-geotan to pour through, suf- fuse; on-gean-cyrran to turn back again; of-sceotan (') Stigan (G. steigen) answers to L. scandere; ad-scendere, de- scendere, &c. SYNTAX. 73 (G. ab-schiessen) to shoot off; sefter-fyligend successor, one who follows after; mid-sidian to travel with; suudor-sipr&cconversationapart;saimod-($a.m-)-wy rc- an to work too ether, co-operate. The preposition be, bi, usually becomes big in com- position; as, big-spel (G. bei-spiel) example, parable ; big-standan (G. bei-stehen) to stand by ; it may thus be known from the particle be, which sometimes be- comes bi; as, be-standan, bi-standan (G. be-stehen) to stand on, occupy. ( 2 ) On often becomes an- or a-; as, on-bidan, an-bidan, a-bidan to a-Ude. JEt and od: in composition often mean from, away ; as, aet-berstan to burst away, od-yrnan to run away, escape, like G. ent-bersten, -rinnen. Particles are also freely compounded together. Prepositions, and other particles in composition, are often parted from their verb, as in German ; but the same rules can hardly be given in A. S. In general, Jmrh, up, nicter, to^ ford:, lit, in, on, bi (big) are separable ; a-, an-, be-, ge-, ed-, un-, or-, mis-, od, and-, wid, s am-, for-, to-, are inseparable; set, of, &c. are rarely separated. CHAPTER VII. I. Syntax. THE A.S. Syntax in general resembles that of Greek and German ; but it bears the closest likeness, with some remarkable points of difference from that and other ( 2 ) See Formation of Particles. H 74 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. tongues, to the Latin, with which it should be compared throughout. The concords agreeing in A. S. with those in Latin, &c. need not be repeated. With regard to the construction of sentences it may be observed, that the verb often stands after both the subject and the object, coming last of all, as for the most part in Ger- man ; as, On ]>8ere tide J>a Gotan wid Romana-rice ge- winn up-a-hofon, at that time the Goths raised up war against the Roman empire. pa Darius ge-seah Jjaet he ofer-wunnen beon wolde,, J>a wolde he hine sylfne on ]>am ge-feohte for-spillan, when Darius saw that he should be over- come, then he would lose his life in the fight. We sceolon mid biternysse soctre be-hreow- sunge ure mod ge-clsensian, we must with the bitter- ness of true repentance cleanse our mind. Often, however, sentences are in this and other re* spects framed as in English ; and on the whole this part of the grammar will not prove difficult to the student, and may be better learned from reading than from a^y rules that might be given. II. Syntax of Nouns. Nouns of time answering to the question, ' how long?" are put in the accusative or ablative ; as, Ealle wucan all the week. pry dagas, or Jjrym dagum three days. Answering to the question 6C when ?" they stand in the ablative, dative with on, or genitive ; as, SYNTAX OF NOUNS. 75 py feorcfan dogore on the fourth day. On ])issum geare in this year. Ussa tida( 1 ) in our times. Measure, value, age, and the like, are used in the genitive ; as, Twegraelna heah two ells high. Ynces lang an inch long. preora mila brad three miles broad. Sex peninga wyrcte worth six pence. A'nes geares lamb a lamb of one year. The matter to which a measure, &c. is applied, stands in the genitive ; as, Hund mittena hwaetes a hundred measures of wheat. Hund-teontig punda goldes a hundred pounds of gold. It sometimes remains unchanged ; as, Twegen marc gold( 2 ) two marhs of gold. Quality, praise, or blame, stands in the genitive; as, A'r-wyry waepne( 3 ) the weapon (being) drawn. A-fundenum sceape the sheep (being) found. Two datives, the latter governed by to, are used like the L. double dative ; as, paet he us to fultume sy( 4 ) that he may be (for) a help to us. (') Comp. F. de nos temps. ( 2 ) G. zwei mark gold. ( 3 ) L, stricto telo ; ove reperta. ( 4 ; L. lit nobis auxilio sit. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. The means or instrument stands in the ablative or dative, with or without the preposition mid ; as, Hine mid J)y heofon-lican weg-nyste ge-trym- mende strengthening himself with that heavenly viati- cum. py betstan leode ge-glenged adorned with the best lay. Heo hi sylfe mid cyne-licum reafe ge-fraetwode she adorned herself with royal attire. Big sprecad niwum tungum they shall speak with new tongues. III. Syntax of Adjectives. Adjectives in general, especially those denoting want, desire, knowledge, remembrance, and the like, have a genitive case of the noun which defines them, and often stand after it ; as, Feos wana wanting money. Freondaleas lacking friends. Hraegles J>earfa devoid of raiment. Earn setes georn an eagle eager for food. Ac ic heora eom swide gifre but I am very greedy of them. Bocagleaw skilful in books. Un-wis God-cundan Naman ignorant of the Di- vine Name. Hi neeron his ge-myndige they were not mindful of him. Modes blide blithe of mood. Sides werig weary of travel Maegenes strang strong of might. SYNTAX OF ADJECTIVES. 77 I'sig feeler a icy of wings. They sometimes take an ablative ; as, Wintrum geong young in years. Blind bam eagum blind of both eyes. Adjectives denoting pleasure, profit, injury, and the like, govern a dative ; as, peah he him leof were though he were dear to them. Eallum and-feng acceptable to all. paet he mynster-licum cumum ge-Jjensum waere that he might be serviceable to the monastic guests. Rinca ge-hwylcum un-nyt useless to every man. Derigend-lic byd J>e it will be hurt/ul to thee. Full fully wyrde worthy., scyldig guilty, have an ablative, dative, or genitive ; as, Full Halgum Gaste/w// of the Holy Ghost. Full deadra ban a. full of dead bones. Se wyrhta is wyrde his metes the workman is worthy of his meat. Se byd: dome scyldig he shall be guilty of the judg- ment. He is deactes scyldig he is guilty of death. Ge-lic like, has a dative or genitive ; as, Hig synd ge-lice )>am cildum(') they are like the children. Nan man nis his ge-lica no man is like him. The word which determines a comparative stands be- fore it in the ablative neuter ; as, prym mundum hyrra three hands higher. (') Thus L. similes pueris; ejus siruilis. H2 78 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Micle ma much more. Ipy weordra so much the worthier. Comparatives require either Jjonne or J>e than, with a nominative, or an ablative or genitive without ; as, Ge synd selran ponne manega spearwan, or ge synd beteran manigum spearwum ye are better than many sparrows. Ocler-healf gear Ises ]>e Jjrittig wintra a year and a half less than thirty years. Se is his mara he is greater than him. Superlatives take a genitive ; as, Ealra wyrta msest greatest of all herbs. For the Syntax of Pronouns see Chapter IV. IV. Syntax of Verbs. Verbs, as in other tongues, agree in number with their subject; after selc para (psera) pe each of them that, every one that, however, the singular is used, agreeing with BB!C and not with para; as, JElc para pe to me cymd (lit. each of them that cometh ) every one that cometh to me. Swage-byrad: aelcum para pe wind: so it befitteth every one that contendeth. With a noun of multitude the verb may be either sin- gular or plural ; as, pa com micel maenigeo and to him efston then came a great multitude and hastened to him. Transitive verbs in general, as in other tongues, govern the direct object in the accusative case ; as, SYNTAX OF VERBS. 70 Lufa Jnnne nextan love thy neighbour . Seo see ge-tacnad J>as and-weardan woruld the sea betokeneth this present world. A xian to ask, takes a double accusative ; as, Nan ne dorste hine nan ])ing mare axian no one durst ask him anything more. Verbs of naming have an accusative of the object named, and a nominative of the name ; as, pone un-ge-met lice eargan Jm miht hatan hara the immoderately timid thou mayest call hare. Reed an to rule, a-bregdan to draw (a weapon), and to-bregdan to cast off (sleep,) govern the ablative ; as, penden hi Jjy rice rsedan moston while they might rule the realm. A'n of J>am J>y sweorde a-braed one of them drew his sword. Mid-])yhe6 )>a J>y slsepe to-braed when she then had cast off sleep. Verbs of bidding, forbidding, serving, following, obey- ing, consenting to, opposing, pleasing, trusting, injuring, profiting, escaping from ; likewise for-swerian to for- swear, cidan to chide, arian to honour, spare, beorgan to save, defend, deman to judge, oleccan to flatter, *stillan( 1 ) to still, fylstan to succour, efen-laecan to imitate, ge-nea-lsecan to approach, and heorcnian to liearken to, govern the dative ; as, Un-cleenum gastum be-byt he commandeth the un- clean spirits. Ne for-beode ge him forbid him not. (') The verbs marked thus * sometimes govern the accusative. 80 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Ne maeg nan man twam hlaf-ordum Jjeowian no man can serve two lords. He& him]>enode she served him. Pa sceap him fyligead: the sheep follow him. pa se wer hyrde his waldende then the man obeyed his ruler. Gif J)u Jyonne Dryhtne ge-hyrsumast if thou then obeyest the Lord. pes ne ge-pwserede heora ge-]>eahte this (man) agreed not to their counsel. Ge ]>afiad eowera fa3dera weorcum ye consent to your fathers 9 works. Him ne wid-stent nan fing no thing withstandeth him. Nemne him wyrd for-stode unless fate had op- posed him. Eallum hiswordum wid-c warden and wid: vvunn- on (they) contradicted and opposed all his words. Pilatus wolde J>am folce ge-cweman Pilate would please the people. Heo on-gan his wordum truwian she began to trust his words. Ne derode lobe naht J>aes deofles costnnng, ac fremode the devil's temptation hurt Job no whit, but profited him. Hu heo pam feond-licum gastum od-fleon mage how she may escape from the hostile spirits. Sict-Jjan hi feondum oct~faren haefdon when they had escaped from the enemies. SYNTAX OF VERBS. 81 Ac he sige-wsepnum for-sworen hsefde but he had forsworn the weapons of victory. Gif pin broder syngad cid him if thy brother sin- neth chide him. punelt arian psere stowe thou wilt not spare the place. Beorh Jjinum feore save thy life. Demad him be eowre & judge him by your law. He wolde him oleccan mid his hearpan he would flatter them with his harp. Y'dum s tilde he stilled the waves. Him fylston wel gistas sine his guests succoured him well. Uton for-J>y ge-efen-laecan J>isum men let us therefore imitate this man. pam deade ge-nea laecende drawing nigh to death. Ypolitus heora wordum heorcnade Hippolytus hearkened to their words. Verbs of motion, and likewise on-dr sedan to dread, often have a redundant dative of the subject; as, Ga]>e ford( 1 ) go forth. He him ham-weard ferde he journeyed homeward. Him ])a Scyld ge-wat then Scyld departed. He him on-drset(2) monigne feond he dreads many a foe. Wealdan to wield, govern, ^ori-fon to receive, ^milt- sian to pity, hlystan to listen to, helpan to help, *ge- lyfan to believe, wid-sacan to deny, gefeon to rejoice at, *hrinan to touch, with its compounds; likewise ( ] ) Hence " hie thee home," and the like. ( a ) 0. " 1 fear me." 82 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. wesan to be, when implying possession, govern the da- tive or genitive ; as, JEtla, weold Hunum Attila ruled the Huns. Ipe on J)am dagum ge-weold cyne-domes who in those days ruled the kingdom. On- fob ])issum fulle receive this cup. pa on-fengon hig ]>aes feos then tooh they the money. He miltsad urum gyltum he hath compassion on our sins. Ge-miltsa min have pity on me. Hwy hlyste ge him? why listen ye to him? Hlyste he godes reedes let him listen to good coun- sel. He him helpan ne maeg he cannot help him. Ge-help J>ii earmra manna help thou poor men. For-Jjam-Jje J)ii ne ge-lyfdest minum wordum because thou believedst not my words. We ne sculon J>aes ge-lyfan we must not believe that. lulianus his Cristen-dome wid-soc Julian denied his Christianity. pry-wa J>u wid-ssecst min thrice thou shalt deny me. Secg weorce gefeh the warrior rejoiced in the worh. Cwen weorces ge-feah the queen was glad of the worh. Ne him hrinan ne mehte fser-gripe flodes nor might the sudden gripe of the flood touch him. SYNTAX OF VERBS. 83 pa aet hran he hyra eagena then touched he their eyes. pa him waes manna J)earf(') since he had need of men. pa J)ing J>e Jjaes Caseres synd the things that are the Ccesar's. Verbs of desiring, needing, tempting, wondering at, using, enjoying, ^remembering, ^forgetting, caring for, ceasing from ; together with cepan to take, keep, &c., wenan to hope for, ^neosian to visit, on-byrian to taste, ehtan to persecute, od-sacan to deny, earnian to earn, deserve, gilpan to boast of , faegnian to rejoice at, *on-dreedan to dread; likewise bidian (bidan) to Hde, wait for, with its compounds, govern the genitive; as, We ge-wilniad frictes wict eow we desire peace with you. paes ic wilnige and wisce that I desire and wish. paet maeden gyrnde deactes the maiden yearned for death. Ne be-Jjurfon laeces ]ja J>e hale synd they need not a leech that are whole. U're man-dryhten msegenes be-hofad: our liege lord requires strength. Hwy fandige ge min ? why tempt ye me? For-]) on ic his costnode therefore I tempted him. VVe wundriad: Jjaes wlitan ]>3ere sunnan wewonder at the beauty of the sun. ( J ) L. illi hominum opus erat. 84 ANGT-OSAXOX GUIDE. Eowre fynd wafiad eower your foes shall be amazed at you. Bruc pisses beages, and J>isses hraegles neot enjoy this ring, and use this dress. Ne ge-mune ic nanra his synna I will remember none of his sins. Ne ge ne ge-J>encact psera fif hlafa? and do ye not remember the jive loaves ? pii hsefst ])ara waepna for-giten thou hast forgotten the weapons. Hi pees ne gymdon they cared not for that. Feores hi ne rohton/or life they recked not. Heddonhere-reafes they heeded the war-spoil. Ge-swic ])ines wopes cease thy weeping. Sceolde sedeling ealdres linnan( 1 ) the noble must part from life. Hi nanre bricge ne cepton they hept to no bridge. He nolde nanes fleames cepan he icould not take to flight. Ne Jjearf ic anigre are wenan / way not hope for any honour. Ge-wat ])a neosian he an huses (he) then departed to visit the lofty mansion. On-byrige metes( 2 ) let him taste meat. Paulus ehte Cristenra manna Paul persecuted Christian men. Hwa od-saecd: ]?aes? who denies that 1 Seo Jjeod ]>e his earnad: the people that deserreth it. (') Linn an sometimes has a dative. ( 2 ) We say also " taste of ." SYNTAX OF VERBS. 85 Hu ne gilpst Jm J>onne heora faegeres?( 3 ) loast- cst thou not then of their fairness ? Ne sceal he faegnian Jjaes folces worda he must not rejoice at the people's words. Hig ori-dredon Jjsera Israhela t&-cymes they dreaded the coming of the Israelites. Se hyr-man his ed-leanes an-bidad the hireling awaiteth his reward. Verbs of granting, likewise tilian to till, get, for- wyrnan to deny, J>ancian to thank, styrian (styran) to chastise, have a dative of the person or near object, and a genitive of the thing or far object ; as, Se halga him Jjaas ge-iide the saint granted him that. pa Jmhte me hefig-tyme J>e J>aes to tidienne then it seemed to me troublesome to grant thee that. pa Metod on-lah Medum and Persum aldor- domes when the Lord bestowed the supremacy on the Medes and Persians. pa Noe on-gan him aetes tilian then Noah began to get him food. pe him ne for-wyrnde cyne-lices weordscipes who denied him not hingly honour. Apollo nius hire Jjass J> an code Apollonius thanked her for that. He him J>aes Jnnges styrede he chastised him for that thing. Verbs of depriving, likewise te&n &c. to accuse. ( 3 ) A neuter adjective used and declined as a noun, 1 86 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. have an accusative of the near object, and an ablative or genitive of the far object ; as, Nelle ic ]>a rincas rihte be-ngeman I will not deprive the warriors of their right. Heo hit ne maeg his ge-wittes be-reafian she cannot bereave it of its understanding. Dyrnum ge-])ingum be-togen charged with secret practices. Hwy tyhd: us lire hlaf-ord swa micles falses? why doth our lord accuse us of so great deceit ?" Biddan to ash for, has an accusative of the near, and a genitive of the far object ; as Gif his sunu hine bitt hlafes if his son asketh him for bread. Some impersonal verbs govern the person affected in the accusative or dative? hit is often left out; as, Hyngrad: hine ( L ) he is hungry. Seo swefen ]je hine maette the dream that he dreamed, Hire ge-byrad itbecometh her. Hit licode Herode it pleased Herod. Him Jnihte it seemed to him (lit. him thought), Ne ge-weard unc wid aenne pening? did we not agree jor a penny ? Others have beside a genitive of the far object, after rules for other verbs ; as, pone weligan lyst an-wealdes the rich lustethfor power. Nsenne mon ]>8es ne tweod: no man doubts of that. ( ] ) Comp. G. es hungert ihn ; es ge biihrt ihr ; ibm diinkte. SYNTAX OF PREPOSITIONS. 87 pe nanre be-hreowsunge ne be-hofad tkou need- est no repentance. Him ]>aes ne sceamode of that they were not ashamed. V. Syntax of Prepositions. Prepositions, as in German, &c., require various oblique cases of the nouns before which they are placed ; thus, geond through, throughout ymb(-e)( 3 ) 7 t round, J)urh( 2 ) through ymb-iitan 5 \ about. wid-aeftan behind govern the accusative ; as, Ga geond wegas and he gas go through the ways and hedges. purh his micle ge-]>yld through his great patience. Wid-aeftan Jja burh behind the town. Ymb ]?aes cyninges siege about the slaying of the king. Ymb-utan J>one weall around the wall. The following govern the dative be (bi, big) ( 4 ) of, about 9 by in-to into of off, from, of ser ere, before fram/ro/w, by feor far from 33 1 at, to un-feor( 5 ) near to to neah (nean) nigh ( 2 ) G. durch. ( 3 ) Comp. afjii, L. amb-, G. urn. ( 4 ) Comp. e-7Tt, G. bei ; a7r-o, L. ab, D. af, G. ab- 5 L.adj G. zu, &c. ( 5 ) Lit. un-far; G. un-fern. 88 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ge-hende near, handy to-middes 7 -, f . i , / amid setter after on-middan ) bufan ") binnan(2) *v on-ufan r 60 ** wido . be-zeftantbisftan) }&/<, on- j' 11 Qan > be-hindan ^behind set- > , , 7 . . T ^-foran before be-heonan ora fAw szae to- 3 butan ( a ) without, outside to-weard toward be-twynan between to-eacan besides. t6-emnes along Be Jjam heah-fa3dere concerning the patriarch. Be mines fa3der leafe by my father's leave. Far of J)inum lande depart from thy country. Of anre up-floran off an upper floor. JEt J>am burnan( 3 ) ^ Me brook. Fram cild-hade from childhood. Ga to ]>inum huse go to thy house. pa hig in-to J>jere byrgene eodon Mew they went into the tomb. JEr sunnan setl-gange before the setting of the sun. He waes him feor he was far from him. Un-feor jjam hiise near the house. Neah J>am forda nigh the ford. Ge-hende J>ere ceastre near the town. .ZEfter pam ge-feohte after the fight. Bufan ]>eere heofenan above the heaven. Baeftan Jsere maenigeo behind the multitude. Be-heonan J>a?re strsete on this side the street. 0) D. buiten, O. bout, but. ( 2 ) G. binnen, S. ben. ( 3 ) S. burn. SYNTAX OP PREPOSITIONS. 89 Butan ]>sere wic-stowe outside the camp. Butan selcum an-ginne without any beginning. Biitan wifum and cildum besides women &f children. Be-twynan Jjam twam mynstrum( 4 ) between the two monasteries. T6-middes J>am wseterum amid the waters. On-middan ])am treowe in the midst of the tree. Binnan J>am ge-telde within the tent. rym-setle before his glory-seat. Tjo-weard J>am haligdome( 5 ) toward the sanctuary* T6-eacan J>am fodre orer and above the fodder. To sometimes has a genitive ; as, , To middes dseges at mid-day: likewise in several compound prepositions above and below. And-lang along (like G. ent-lang) governs the geni- , tive; as, And-lang J)B3S westenes along the desert. The following govern the accusative or dative ; the former usually, as in Latin, &c., when motion to, the latter when motion from, or rest in, a place, is signified : but this rule is not strictly followed in A, S, fore ( 6 ) "^ on on, in, into be-foran j vr in in, into on-biitan about, around (on-)ge-mang a-mong od: unto, till be-tweox(7) betwixt, amo^ uppon upon uton ~) outside, innon within widutan $ without ( 4 ) Hence minster ; G. munster; all from L.monasierium. ( 5 ) Hence O. halidom : ' by my halidom !" ( 6 ) Comp. Trpo, L. pro, G. (be-)vor; G. an ; kv, L. and G. in ; vnsp) L. super, G. iiber, D. over ; G. unter, gegen, &c. ( 7 ) Like b e-t w y 11 a n from t w a comp. G. zvv-i-schen from zwei. i 2 00 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ofer over t6-ge an es') against, under under on-gean $ toward be-geondan beyond. Fore Healf-denes hilde-wisan before Healfdene's icar-chiefs. pa he J>a be-foran J>one graman cyning ge-lsed wses when he then icas led before the cruel king. Jc eom a-send be-foran hine I am sent before him. Be-foran eallum folce before all the people On-biitan Jjaet cealf around the calf. On-butari ]>am weofode about the altar. Oct Rin J>a ea unto the river Rhine. Oct Daniele ])am witegan till Daniel the prophet. On J>a ealdan wisan in the old wise. He sylf oct-fleah on A si a in he himself escaped into Asia. On J>am he an munte on the high mount. Heo hine in jjeet mynster on-feng she received him into the monastery. In ge-limp-licre tide at a fitting time. Ic eow sende swa sceap ge-mang wulfas I send you as sheep among wolves. On-ge-mang odrum mannum among other men, Be-tweox his magas amo -g his kin's-folk. Be-tweox ])8ere ealdan se and J>8ere niwan be- twixt the old law and the new. pa feoll he uppon hine then fell he upon him. U'ppon anum beame upon a beam. Heo be-seah innon J>a byrgene she looked into the tomb. Innon J>sere healle within the hall. SYNTAX OF PREPOSITIONS. 91 Hi comon ofer pa sa? they came over the sea. Micel man-cwealm be-com ofer Jjeere Roman- iscre leode a great plague came upon the Roman people. Under J>aere fsestnessa under the firmament. Wid-utan his dom-ern outside his judgments-hall. Wid-utan jjam dice without the ditch. T6-geanes his fynd he gee d he goeth against his foes. Hi Jjaferdon to-geanes ]>am hsedenum they tJten marched against the heathen. Feohtende on-gean hine fighting against him. pa com him J)aer on-gean then came there to meet him. Be-geondan lordanem beyond Jordan. Be-geondan pam mere beyond the lake. For for, and mid( 1 ) with, govern the accusative, ablative, or dative ; as, For eall Cristen folc ge-biddan to pray for all Christian people. For J>y mane/br that crime. For hwylcum intingan ? for what cause? Mid J>a fore-sprecenan faemnan( 2 ) with the fore' said damsel. Mid J>y ade with the oath. Mid his agenum life with his own life. Wid against, with, &c. governs the accusative, dative, or genitive ; as, Wid pa readan see by the Red Sea. Wid J>in folc toward thy people. pa assan \vid hi laeswodon the asses were grazing with them. O Comp. G. fur ; pr, G. mid. ( 2 ) L. femina. 92 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. A'USL wid eallum alone against all. Eage wid: eagan, tod wid ted eye for eye, tooth for tooth. Wid J>aes holtes( 1 ) toward the wood. He efste wid J>ses heres he hastened against the army. A preposition sometimes stands after its case ; as, Hi him mid seeton they sate with him. Him bi twegen beamas stodon by him stood two trees. It is sometimes parted from it altogether, and placed either next before the verb, or last of all ; as, pe he man-cyn mid a-lysde with which he re- deemed mankind pa ge-nea-lsehte him an man to then drew nigh to him a man. Ymb-utan is sometimes divided; as, Ymb han-cred litan about cock-crow. Wid and weard are sometimes used, the one before, the other after an accusative or genitive ; as, Wid heofonas weard( 2 ) toward the heavens. Wid Petres weard toward Peter. VI. Syntax of Conjunctions. The following conjunctions require the verb to be in the indicative mode : and ( 3 ) and. eac eke, also. (') P. holt, G. holz. ( 2 ) Comp. the use of L. ad versus. ^ 3 ) Comp. G. und, auch, so, da, dann, denn, da da, &c. SYNTAX OF CONJUNCTIONS. 93 ac but odde ' swa, swa-swa so, as oder-twega swa swa so as octer-Jjara } ba 7 7 S e 7 {asivellas [then , . J segder-ge,3 ba ) 7 nader-ne ne neither nor [when, as swa-be&h (for-)hwy ^ ? (]) eah.)hw.dere mid-by(-be) (*) 7^A^, - j T ^ /^ \ ^ T, / na-laes &c not only but mid-])am(-])e) Awhile |>enden ti?Me (for-)J>y(-J>e) I/or, because, sid-])an 5zwce for-])am(-])e) 5 therefore. The following require the subjunctive, though in general, as in Latin, in subordinate prepositions only : Jjaet, pset-te ( 5 ) that od(-]?aet) w/i^Z ]>eah(-])e) y-lses(-]>e) lest nemne nymde a-J)y J>e somuchthe as hu, hu-meta how. ( 4 ) The particle Jj e is added or not at pleasure to several conjunctions. ( 5 ) G. dass, D. dat ; G. doch, wann, wenn, &c. ( 6 ) Hwi 1 is a noun, (n. 3.) while, time ; G. weile. ( 7 ) Answering to irorepov ;, L. utrum an; like these hwaefcer is properly a neuter pronoun. ( 8 ) The conjunction gi f has no more to do with the verb gif an than S. gin has with given, or O. an with u n n a n. 94 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Hwaet do ic J>aet ic ece lif age? what shall I do that I may possess eternal life? Ic wat paet hit byct sawl and lic-homa I know that it is soul and body. peah hwylc of deacte a-rise though one arise from death. peah-pe ic sceal ealle wucan faestan though I shall fast all the week. Swylce ]>u hi ge-sceope as if thou hadst created them. py-laes ]?u ]>inne fot aet stane aet-sporne lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. T6-])6n-J)set he his rice ge-breedde in order that he might extend his empire. A'-Jjy un-weordra ]>e hine manige men for- seon so much the unworthier because many men despise him. OdVJjaet J)u cume to J>am fyrmestan tillthoucome to the fast. Oct-J>3et se A-lysend com until the Redeemer came. pa-Jiwile-])e ge le&ht habban while ye have light. pa-hwile-Jje he on life byct while he is a-live. jEr-J>am-])e se hana tuwa crawe before the cock crow twice. ^Er-J>am-])e ge hine biddact before ye ask him. ponne J>u ]je ge-bidde when thou prayest. ponne he ham cymct when he cometh home. Sege us hwaenne J>as J)ing ge-weorcton tell us when these things shall come to pass. SYNTAX OF CONJUNCTIONS. 95 Ge nyton hwaenne seo tid is ye know not when, the time is. Ic axige hwaer seo offrung sig / ask where the offering is. Hwar synd J>a nigene ? where are the nine ? Sceawa hwaeder hit sig Junes suna )?e ne slg look whether it be thy son's or be not. Sam hit sy sumor sam winter whether it be summer or winter. Gif wen sy if there be hope. Gif we secgad, of heofone if we say, of heaven Nemne him wyrd f or-st 6 de unless fate had opposed him. pu saedest Jjset J)u ne mihte witan hu-meta he his we 6 Id e thou saidst that than couldst not know how he ruled it. Hu Boetius hine singende ge-bsed how Boetius singing prayed. Butan for but has an indicative, for unless a subjunc- tive; as, Butan ic wat but I know. Butan we gan unless we go. Hu ne with an indicative, and hwaeder with a sub- junctive, are used to make prepositions interrogative; as, Hu ne dod: man-fulle swa ? do not the wicked so? Hwseder ge nu secan gold on treowum doye now seek gold on trees ? Cwyst J>u, or segst J)u? say est thou? cwede ge say ye? &c. serve the same purpose with an indicative; as, 96 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Segst J>u maeg se blinda J>one blindan 1 sedan ? may the blind lead the blind ? Cwede ge haebbe ge sufol ? have ye meat ? Uton (-an) with an infinitive, expresses a wish or in- tention ; as, Uton gan let us go. The negative ne not stands (like L. non, ne, F. ne) before the verb ; as, Ne for-lset he eow he will not forsake you. Two( ] ) or more negatives are often used, ne being usually prefixed to each word capable of taking it; as, Ne wep ]?u na weep not. pa nses nan crseft })8et ic ne ciide then there was no art that I knew not. Se-J>e nis nader ne ge boren ne ge-sceapen fram nanum odrum who is neither born nor created by any other. Biitan but, only takes ne before it; as, We nabbad buton( 2 ) fif hlafas we have but five loaves. VII. Syntax of Interjections. Wa wo takes a dative; as, Wa J>am men!( 3 ) wo to the man! where sy (bed) be, or byd shall be is understood. (') The doctrine, therefore, that " two negatives make an affirmative," is as foreign to the true spirit of the English as it would be to that of the Greek language. ( 2 ) Comp. F. nous n'avons que. ( 3 ) L. vae homini ! G. weh dem manne ! SYNTAX OP INTERJECTIONS. 97 Wa is me( 4 ) ! wo is me! On the other interjections, of which the following are the chief, nothing need be added : la! O 9 oh,lo! ea-la ! oh, halloo, alas I efne ! behold! wa-la-wa (wei-la-wei) well-a-way ! hwaet! lol indeed! Leof( 5 ) is used as an expletive ; as, Gea( 6 ), le&f, ic hbbe yea marry have I. ( 4 ) Ovai fioi effTi. ( 5 ) Analogous to our P. and familiar use of the word dear. ( 6 ) G. andD.ja. CHAPTER VIII. PROSE EXTRACTS. N.B. Some words that have already occurred are not explained in the notes to this and the next chapter* I. S. Matthew, xii. 1 13. * # * The Gospels( 1 ), and parts of the Old Testament, were rendered into A. S. by one or more ecclesiastics named j?Elfric, in the 9th or 10th century; the former from the Vulgate, the latter from some other early Latin translation. The sense therefore, differs now and then from that of the original, and of our authorised version. 1 . Se Haelend (*) for on reste-daeg () ofer aeceras ( 4 ) ; sod-lice his leorning-cnihtas ( 5 ) hyngrede, and hig on- gunnon( 6 ) pluccian( 7 ) J>a ear and etan. 2, Sod-lice J>a |>a sundor-halgan ( 8 ) Jjaet ge-sawon, hi (!) The extracts from the Gospels are from Mr. Thorpe's edition, the only one founded on a collation of the best MSS. ( 2 ) Haelend (II. 2.) Saviour, healer (G. Heiland), from hselan to heal? the Name Jesus is thus rendered throughout the A. S. Gospels. ( 3 ) Day of rest, sabbath: rest II. 3 ; G. rast. ( 4 ) J^cer (II. 2.) (com) field ; aypo, L. ager, G. acker : hence acre. ( 5 ) Disciples: chiht (II. 2.) youth , servant ; hence knight: G. kneeht servant ; comp. L. puer. ( 6 ) On-ginnan (III. 1.) to be-gin. ( 7 ) 1. 1. to pluck; G. pflucken. ( 8 ) Suudor-hulga (1. 2.) Pharisee , lit. separate saint. EXTRACTS S. MATTHEW. 99 cwsedon to him : Nu j/ine leorning-cnihtas dod ])8et him a-lyfed( 1 ) nis reste-dagum to donne. 3. And he cwaed to him: Ne redde( 2 ) ge hwset Dauid dyde J>a hine hyngrede, and Jja }>e mid him waeron, 4. Hii he in-eode on Godes bus, and set J>a offring- hlafas( 3 ) J)e nseron him a-lyfede to etanne, buton J>am sacerdum( 4 ) anum ? 5. Odcie ne rsedde ge on Jjsere ee 5 ])8et J>a sacerdas on reste-dagum on ]>am temple ( 5 ) ge-wemmad( 6 ) J)jne reste-daeg, and synd biitori leahtre( 7 ) ? 6. Ic secge sod-lice eow J>33t ]>es( 8 ) is meerra(9) Jjonne ])aet tempi. 1. Gif ge sod-lice wiston hwset is: Ic wille mild- heortnesse and na on-saegdnesse( 10 ), ne ge-nidrode ge naefre un-scyldige. 8. Sod-lice mannes sunu is eac reste-dseges hlaf- ord("). 9. pa se Hselend J>anon for, he com in-to heora ge- somnunge ( 12 ) : 10. pa waes ])8er an man se haefde for-scruncene( 13 ) (') A-l^fan (I. 2.) to allow ; G. er-lauben. ( 2 ) Raedan (I. 2.) to read. ( 3 ) Loaves of offering, show-bread ; offring II. 3. hlaf II. 2. ( 4 ) Sacerd (II. 2.)priest L. sacerdos. ( 5 ) Tempi (III. 1.) temple. ( 6 ) Ge-wemman (1. 2.) to pollute, profane. ( 7 ) Leahter (II. 2.) crime, sin ( 8 ) This man. ( 9 ) Maere (I.) great, famous- ( 10 ) On-saegdnes (II. 3.) sacrifice ; OD-secgan to offer. (") II. 2. lord ; said to be from hlaf bread, loaf, and ord beginning, origin ; that is, giver of bread. ( 12 ) Assembly, synagogue ; G. ver-sammlung. ( l3 ) For-scrincan (III. 1.) to shrink up, wither away : mark the intensive force of for-. 100 , ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. hand. And hig acsodon hine, ]>us cwedende : Is hit a-lyfed to hselanne on reste-dagum ? paet hig v r egdon ( ) hine. 11. He ssede him sod-lice: Hwylc man is of eovv, ]>e haebbe an sceap, and gif hit a-fyld reste-dagum on pyt ( 2 ), hu ne nimd he Jjaet, and hefd: hit lip ? 12. Witod-lice( 3 ) micle ma man is sceape betera( 4 ) ; witod-lice hit is a-lyfed on reste-dagum wel to donne. 13. J?a cwsed: he to J>am men : Actena( 5 ) J)ine hand. And he hi adenede ; and heo wses hal ge-woden swa seo oder. 11. S. Mark, vi. 32. 32. And on scip ( 6 ) stigende, hig foron on-sundron on weste(7) stowe( 8 ). 33. And ge-sawon hig fareride, and hig ge-cneowon manega, and gangende of pam burgum(9), Jjider urnon and him be-foran comon. 34. And J>a se Hselend ]>anon code, he ge-seah mic- ele maenigeo, and he ge-miltsode him, for-Jjam-Jje hig ( ! ) Wregan (I. 2.) to accuse, be-wray. ( 2 ) II. 2. pit, hole; D. put, L. put-eus. ( 3 ) Verily, truly, for, but, therefore ; a common expletive : from witiaA (I v 1.) to decide. ( 4 ) Vulgate : " Quanto magis melior." ( 5 ) Afcenian (I. 1.) to stretch out. ( 6 ) Comp. (Tjca^j/, G. schiff, D. schip ; hence also skiff. ( 7 ) Weste (I.) waste, desert; G. wiist, D. woest. ( 8 ) Hence stow in local names, and to stow, be-stow. ( 9 ) Burh (p. 19-20), G.burg (Trvpyoc) a (fortified) tocn. burgh. EXTRACTS S. MARK. 101 wspron swa-swa scep( a ) J>e neenne hyrde nabbad: ; and he on-gan hig fela laeran( 2 ). 35. And ]ja hit micel ylding( 3 ) wses, his leorning- cnihtas him to com on and cwsedon : 36. peos stow is weste, and tima is ford-a-gan( 4 ) ; for-lset ]>as maenigeo, J>aet higfaron on ge-hende tiinasf 5 ), and him mete bycgon J>aet hig eton ( 6 ). 37. pacwaedhe: Sylle( 7 )ge him etan. pa cwsedon hig : Uton gan, and mid twam hundred penigum ( 8 ) hlafas bycgan, and we him etan syllact:. 38. pa cwsed he. Hu fela hlafa(9) habbe ge? gad: and lociacl( 10 ). And J>a hig wiston hig cwsedon : Fif hlafas and twegen fixas. 39. And ]>a be-bead ( ll ) se Hselend past paet folc ssete ofer paet grene hig( 12 ). 40. And hig ]ja seeton, hundredum ( 13 ) and fiftigum. 41. And fif hlafum and twam fixum on-fangenuni ( 14 ), he on heofon locode, and hig bletsode , and ]>a hlafas brsec, and sealde his leorning-cnihtum Jjaet hig to-foran him a-setton; and twegen fixas him eallum dselde( 15 ). (') Two accusatives as with L. doceo, ( 2 ) Lateness, delay ; from eald. ( 3 ) For sceap see p. 5. ( 4 ) Gone forth ; "far passed." ^ 5 ) Tun (II. 2.) village, town: originally enclosure, farm : comp. G zaun hedge ; D. tuin garden. ( 6 ) Comp. tdetv, L. edere. ( 7 ) Syllan (I. 3.) to-give, sell. ( 8 ) Penig (pening) (II. 2.) G. picaiiig. ( 9 ) Gen : see p. 32. ( 10 ) Locian (I. 1.) to look. (") Be-beodan(III. 3.) to command. ( ia ) II. 1. hay; G.heu. Vulg. * super viride foenum.** ( 13 ) By hundreds, fyc. ( 14 ) Abl. or dat. absolute, p. 7ft. ^ 5 ) Dzelan (I. 2.) to deal, divide, distribute ; G. theiien, D. dec-lea. K 2 102 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. 42. And hig seton Jja ealle, and ge-fyllede wurdon. 43. And hig namori paera hlafa and fixa lafa( 1 ), twelf wilian( 2 ) fulle. 44. Sod-lice fif ]>usend manna Jjaera etendra wseron. 45. pa sona he nydde( 3 ) his leorning-cnihtas on scip stigan, paet hig him be-foran foron ofer ]>one muctan ( 4 ) to Bethsaida, oct he J>aet folc for-lete( 5 ). 46. And pa, he hig for-let, he ferde( 6 ) on pone munt( 7 ) 5 and hine ana ]>ar( 8 ) ge-bsed( 9 ). 47. And J>a aefen( 10 ) waes, )>aet scip waes on middre sap, and he ana waes on lande. 48. And he ge-seah hig on rewette( n ) swincende( 12 ) ; him waes wider-weard ( 13 ) wind ( 14 ) : and on niht, ymbe ]>a feordan waBCcan( 15 ), he com to him ofer Jja ssegangende, and wolde hig for-bugan( 16 ). 49. pa hig hine ge-sawon ofer J>a see gangende, hig wendon paet hit un-faele( 17 ) gast( 18 ) waere, and hig clyp- edon , (') Laf(II. 3.) leaving, remnant ; Isefan (I. 2.) to leave; Xtiiretv. ( 2 ) Wilia (I.2.)6as/cee. ( 3 ) Nydan (I. 2.) to compsl; fromne6d. ( 4 ) Mu^Sa (I. 2.) mouth of a river ; here /afo; Vulg. " fretum." ( 5 ) For-iaetan (II. 2.) to forsake, abandon, (G. ver-lassen, D. ver-laaten), send away. ( 6 ) Feran (I. 2.) to go. ( 7 ) II. 2. mownt: we have " a mountain." ( 8 ) par=|?aer, J^ara. ( 9 ) Ge-biddan (II. 1 . reflect,) to pray. ( 10 ) ^Efen (II. 2.) even, G. abend : -ung (II. 3.) evening. ( n ) R6wet (II. 2.) rowing ; rowan (II. 2.) to row ; D. roeijen. ( 12 ) Swincan (III. 1.) to labour ; O. ftcinfc. ( w ) Adverse, way-ward ; G. wider-wartig. ( 14 ) II. 2. G. & D. wind ; L. vent-us. ( 15 ) Waecce (I. 3.) watch. ( l6 ) III. 3. avoid, pass by. ( 17 ) Unclean; faele pure, faithful: fael-s-ian to purify. ( 18 ; Comp. G. geist, D. geest, S. ghaist. EXTRACTS S. MARK. 103 50. Hig ealle hine ge-sawon, and wurdon ge-dref- ede( a ). And sona he spraec to him, and cwaact : Ge- lyfad: ; ic hit eom ( 2 ) ; nelle ge ( 3 ) eow on-drsedan. 51. And he on scip to him eode; and se wind ge- swac( 4 ) ; and hig J>ses ]>e ma\ 5 ) be-tweox him wundredon. 52. Ne on-geaton( 6 ) hig be J>am hlafum ; sod- lice heora heorte waas a-blend( 7 ). 53. And Jm hig ofer seglodon, hig comon to Genesaret and J>ar wicedon( 8 ). 54. And J>a hig of scipe eodon, sona hig hine ge- cneowon ; 55. And eal J>aet rice be-farende( 9 ), hig on saeccing- um ( 10 ) bseron J>a un-truman ( n ), ]jar hig hine ge-hyrdon. 56. And swa-hvvar-swa he on wic( 12 ) odde on tunas eode, on strseton ( 13 ) hig J>a un-truman ledon, and hine bsedon ]>a3t hig huru( 14 ) his reafesfnsed( 15 ) a3t-hrinon( l6 ). And swa fela swa hine aet-hrinon, hig wurdon hale. (') Drefan (I. 2.) to trouble, offend. ( 2 ) Comp. G. ich bin es. ( 3 ) L. nolite. ( 4 ) Ge-swican (III. 2.) to cease. ( s ) So much the more ; G. des-to mehr. ( 6 ) On.gitan(II. I.) to under stand. ( 7 ) A-blendan (1. 2.) to blind; blind blind. ( 8 ) Wician (I. 1.) to dwell : see wic below. ( 9 ) Be-faran=be-feran, p. 55. ( 10 ) Saeccing (II. 3.) sacking, bed. ( n ) Diseased, infirm ; tiumjirm. ( 12 ) Wfc (II. 1.) dwelling, village; L. vic-us : bence wkh and wick in local names ; D. wijk. ( 13 ) Straet (II. 3.) street; G. strasse, D. straat. ( 14 ) At least, at all events. ( 15 ) Hem. ( 16 ) iEt-hrinan (III. 3.) to touch. 1C4 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. III. S. Luke, xx. 925. 9. Heon-gan]>a ^isbig-spel^) to ])am folce cwectan; Sum man plantode( 2 ) him wiri-geard( 3 ), and hine ge- sette( 4 ) mid tilium(), and he wses him feor manegum tidum( 6 ). 10. pa on tide he sende his J>e6w to Jmm tilium, Jjset , hig him sealdon of J>aes win-geardes wsestme ; J>a swung- on ( 7 ) hig pone and idelne ( 8 ) hine for-leton. 1 1 . pa sende he oderne ]>e6w ; ]>a beoton hig J>one, and mid teonum ( 9 ) ge-wsecende ( 10 ) hine for-leton idelne. 12. pa sende he J>ryddan ; Jm wurpon hig lit Jjone ge-wundodne ( 11 ). 13. pa cwsed Jjaes wm-geardes hlaf-ord : Hwa3t do ic ? ic a-sende minne leofah sunu ; wenunga( 12 ) hine hig for-wandiact( 13 ) ponne hig hine ge-seod. (1) Parable see p. 73. Spel (II. 1.) story, tale} hence spell. ( 2 ) Plantian (I. 1.) to plant. ( 3 ) Vine-yard} D. wijn-gaard : geard or eard(II.2.)2/ard, (garden), in- closure, dwelling, country* ( 4 ) Ge-settan (I. 2.) to furnish, people : perhaps a mis-translation of Vulg. " locavit f we read " let it forth." ( 5 ) Tilia (I. 2.) tiller, hnsbandman. ( 6 ) Tid (II. 3.) time, tide, season ; G. zeit, D. tijd. Fora longtime, many seasons, Vulg. " multis temporibus?' ( 7 ) Swingan (III. 1 ) to beat, swinge. ( 8 ) I'del (I.) empty, idle, vain ; G. eitel, D. ijdel. ( 9 ) Teona (I. 2.) injury, wrong. ( l ) Ge-wdecan (I. 2.) to weaken, injure : wac (G. weich) weak. ( n ) Wundian (I. 1.) to wound : wund (II. 2.) wound. ( 12 ) Perhaps: wenan to ween, hope, expect ; G. wahnen to fancy, &*c. ( 13 ) For-wandian (1. 1.) to respect, reverence. EXTRACTS S. LUKE. 103 14. pa nine pa tilian ge-sawon, hig ponton be-tweox him, and cwsedon : Her is se yrfe-weard ( 1 ) ; cumad:, uton hine of-slean( 2 ), paet se& eeht( 3 ) lire sy. 15. And hig hine of pam win-gearde a-wurpon( 4 ) of- slegene. Hwaet dect paes win-geardes hlaford ? 16. He cymd: and for-spild: pa tilian, and syld: ])one win-geard octrum. Hig cwsedon ]>a hig J>is ge-hyrdon pset ne ge-weorde. 17. pa be-he&ld he hig, and cwaed: Hwaet fe J)39t a-writen is, pone stan( 5 ) J>e J>a wyrhtan a-wurpon, J>es is ge-worden on Jjsere hyrnan( 6 ) heafod( 7 )? 18. JElc }>e fyld: ofer pone stan byd: for-brytt( 8 ) ; ofer pone pe he fyld:, he to-cwyst( 9 ). 19. pa sohton psera sacerdra ealdras( 10 ) and pa boc- eras( u ) hyra handa on paere tide on hine wurpan( 12 ); and hig on-dredon him paet folc : sod-lice hig on-geton paet he pis big-spel to him cwaed. ( 1 ) Heir ; yrfe (I. 3.) inheritance (G. erb-schaft) weard (II. 2.) keeper, ward-en, fyc. ( 2 ) Slean (II. 3.) to strike, beat, slay ; of-slean to kill outright . of- in com- position often strengthens the sense or makes it bad. ( 3 ) JE'ht (II. 3.) possession; from agan. ( 4 ) A-weorpan (III. 1.) to cast out, reject. ( 5 ) Comp. G. stein, D. steen, S. stane. ( 6 ) Hyrne(I. 3.) corner. ( 7 ) Heafod (III. 1 ) head ; G. haupt, D. hoofd. ( 8 ) For-bryttan (I. 2.) to break, shatter: Vulg. " conquassabitur." ( 9 ) To-cwysan (I. 2.) to crush, squeeze to pieces; G. quetschen. With 6-queeze, comp. bar, s-par ; melt, s-melt ; tumble, s-tumble t $c. ^c. ( 10 ) Chiefs of the) priests. ( n ) Bocere (II. 2.) book man, learned man, scribe f lawyer, ( I2 ) Or weorpan ; see p. 5. JOG AiNEGLOSAXON GUIDE. 20. pa sendon hig mid searwum( 1 ) J>a J>e hig riht- wise leton( 2 ), Jjaet hig hine ge-scyldigodon( 3 ), and J>aet hig hine ge-sealdon J>am ealdron( 4 ) to d&me( 5 ), and to J>aes deman( 6 ) an-wealde( 7 ) t& for-demanne( 8 ). 21. pa acsodon hig hine, and cwsedon: Lareow, we witon Jjset J)u rihte spriest and leerst, and for nanum men ne wandast ( 9 ), ac Codes weg on sod-fsestnisse Iserst : 22. Is hitrihtjjaet manjjam Casere( 10 ) gafol( n ) sylle, 23. pa cwaed: he to him J>a he heora facen( 13 ) on- get ( 14 ) : Hwy fandige ( 15 ) ge min ? ii4. Y'wad:( 16 ) me anne pening. Hwaes an-licnesse ( 1T ) ( ! ) Searu (III. 1.) ambush, stratagem. ( 2 ) Who might feign themselves righteous men. ( 3 ) Ge-scyldigan (-ian, see p. 41) (I. 1.) to accuse; G. be-schuldigen. Scyld (II. 3.) (G. schuld) debt, guilt. ( 4 ) Deliver him to the chief priests : Vulg. " traderent ilium principatui." ( 5 ) Dom (II. 2,) doom, judgment, power, ^c. ( 6 ) Dema (I. 2.) judge, doomer, deemer ; hence deemster (demestre) properly feminine ; see p. 66. ( 7 ) An-weald (II. 2.) power ; G. ge-walt, fern, another exception to the general rule. ( 8 ) Deman(I. 2.) to judge, for-deman to condemn : conip. Kptveiv, Kara" KQIVIIV ; G. urtheilen, ver-urtheilen. ( 9 ) The for in for-wandian, is the preposition, not the prefix ; the latter is inseparable : see p. 73. ( 10 ) Casere (II. 2.) Cesar, Emperor ; G. kaiser. () Tribute, gavel ; F. gabelle. ( ia ) Or; seldom used independently, but often affixed to other con- junctions: seep. 93. ( 13 ) III. I. deceit .fraud. ( 14 ) For on~geat ; see p. 5. ( 15 ) Fandian (1. 1.) to tempt. ( 16 ) Y / wian(eowian)(I. 1.) to show. ( 17 ) An-licnes (II. 3.) likeness, image. EXTRACTS S. JOHN. 10 / hsefd he, and ofer-ge-writ( 1 )? pa cwsedon hlg: pees Caseres. 25. pa cwsed he to him: A-gifad( 2 ) J>am Casere ]>a Jjing })e Jjaes Caseres synd, and Code ]>a ]>ing J>e Codes synd. IV. S. John vii. 1428. 14. pa hit wa3s mid-daeg ]>aes freols-daeges( 3 ), }>ae&dQ se Hselend in-to J>am temple, and Iserde. 15. And ])a ludeas wundredon and cwsedon: Hu- meta can J>es stafas, ponne he ne leornode( 4 ) ? 16. Se Hselend him and-swarode ( 5 ) and cwsed: Min lar nis na min, ac ]?aes J>e me sende. 17. Gif hwa( 6 ) wile his willan don, he ge-cnsewct be J>aere lare hwseder he& sig of Gode, hwaecter-Jje ic be me sylfum spece. 18. Se-J>e be him sylfum spied seed his agen wuld- or( 7 ) ; se-]>e seed: J)8es wuldor ])e hine sende, se is sod- faest( 8 ), and nis nan un-riht-wisnes on him. 19. Hu ne sealde Moises eow se, and eower nan ne healt ]ja ae ? Hwy sece ge me to of-sleanne ? ( 1 ) III. 1. super-scription. ( 2 ) A-gifan (II. 1.) to render, restore, give back. ( 3 ) Freols(II. <2.) feast, festival. ( 4 ) Leornian (I. 1.) to learn ; G. lernen, ( 5 ) And-swarian (I. 1.) to answer, governing the dative. ( 6 ) If any one; comp. L. si quis. ( 7 ) Wuldor (-er) (IT. 2.) glory. () Sooth-fust, truthful, just j faest forms the second part of several compound adjectives. 108 ANGLC-SAXON GUIDE. 20. pa and-swarode seo mseiiio and cwseet: Deofol pe sticad on( 1 ) ; hwa seed J)e to of-sleanne ? 21. J)a and-swarode se Haelend, and cwsed to him: an weorc ic worhte, and ealle ge wundriact. 22. For-J>y Moises e6w sealde ymb-snidennesse ( 2 ) ; (naes( 3 ) na for-J>yg-])e heo of Moises sy, ac of faed- eron(*);) 23. And on reste-dsege ge ymb-snidad: man ]>aet Moises ae ne sy to-worpen ( 5 ) ; and ge belgaet ( 6 ) wid me for-J)am-J>e ic ge-hselde senne man on reste-da3g. 24. Ne demege be an-syne( 7 ), ac demad: rihtne d&m. 25. Sume cwsedon, ]>a J>e wseron of Jerusalem : Hii nis ]>es se Je hig secad: to of-sleanne ? 26 And nu he spied: open-lice ( 8 ), and hig ne cwedad nan ]>ing t& him. Cwede we( 9 ) hwaeder pa ealdras on- giton pact J>es is Crist ? 27. Ac we witon hwanon J>es is : Jjonne Crist cymct, J>onne nat nan man hwanon he byd. 28. Se Hselend clypode and laerde on J>am temple, and cwaed : Me ge cunnon ( 10 ), and ge witon hwanon ic (*) On-stician (1. 1.) to prick, urge on. ( 2 ) Ymb-SDidennes (II. 3.) circum-dsion ; ymb-sniSan (III. 2.) to cin- cum-cise ; part. p. -sniden. ( 3 ) Naes (nas) not ; usually joined with nd. ( 4 ) For faederum ; see p. 12. ( 5 ) To-weorpan (III. 1.) to over-throw, cast down, destroy ; L. dis-jicere, G. zer-werfen. ( 6 ) Belgan(III. 1.) to beangry. ( 7 ) An-s^n (II. 3.) countenance, appearance. ( 8 ) Open (II.) open; G. offen, D. open. ( 9 ) See pp. 956. ( 10 ) Observe the distinction between cunnan and witan (p. 61, note 7) j ne ye know, and ye wot whence I am. EXTRACTS GENESIS. 1 09 com : and ic ne com fram me sylfum, ac se is sod ]>e me sende, J>one ge ne cunnon. V. Genesis, ch. xlv^ 1 ) 1. pane mihte losep hine leng dyrnan ( 2 ), ac he drat ealle ]>a Egiptiscan ut, ])get nan fremde( 3 ) man be-twyx him nsere ; 2. And he weop, and clypode hludre( 4 ) stefne, and J>a Egiptiscan ge-hyrdon, and eal Pharaones hired ( 5 ) ; 3. And he cwa3ct t& his ge-broctrum : Ic eom losep ; lyfact ure faeder nu git? pa ne mihton his ge-brodru him for ege( 6 ) ge-and-wyrdan( 7 ). 4. pa grette( 8 ) he hig ar-wurd-lice(9), and cwaed: Ic eom losep eower brodor, J>e ge sealdon on Egipta- larid( 10 ). 5. Ne on-drsede ge eow nan ])ing, ne e&w ne of- J>ince( n ) Jjaet ge me sealdon on Jjis rice; s&d-lice for e&wre pearfe me sende God on Egipta-land. ( ! ) This and the following chapter are taken with some alterations from Thwaites's Heptateuchus. (*) To hide (1. 2.) ; dyrne (I.) dark. ( 3 ) Fremed, fremd (1.) strange, foreign ; G. fremd. ( 4 ) H16d (I.) loud; G. laut, D. luid. ( 5 ) II I. household. ( 6 ) ILL awe, fear. ( 7 ) And-wyrdan (I. 2.) to answer ; and-wyrd (II. 3.) answer; G. ant- wort-en. Ge- is used before no other prefixes but and- and ed-, as should Lave been stated p. 41, note 2. ( 8 ) Gretan (1.2.) to greet, salute. { 9 ) A'r-wurfc-lic (II.) honorable; G. ehr-wiird-ig. ( 10 ) Land of the Egyptians : comp. Bngla-land, &c. p. 72. ( 11 ) (Hit) of-J)incS it repenteth : L. poeuitet: see A . 86-7. L 110 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. 6. Nu twa gear waes( 1 ) hunger ofer ealle eordan, and git sceolon ( 2 ) fife on J>am man ne meeg nader ne erian ( 3 ) ne ripan ( 4 ), 7. And God me sende to-J)am-J>et ge been ge-heald- ene, and J)aet ge habbon J>aet ge magon big-lybban ( 5 ). 8. paet nses na eowres Dances ( 6 ) ac purh God J>e ic purh his willan ( 7 ) hider a-send wses, se dyde me swylce ic Pharaones faeder weere, and his hiredes hlaf-ord, and he sette me to ealdre ofer Egipta-land. 9. Farad: hraed-lice ( 8 ) to minum feeder, and secgad him J>aet God me sette to hlaf-orde eallum Egiptum ; beodad him J>set he fare to me, 10. And wunige( 9 ) on Gessen-lande( 10 ). and beo me ge-hende, he and his suna, and his bearna beam, and eowre sceap, and e&wre hryder-heorda( n ) arid eal Jjaet ge agon. 1 J . And ic eow fede. Git synd fif hunger-gear baeftan( 12 ) : dod J>us Jjaet ge ne for-wurdon( 13 ). 12. Nu ge ge-seod hii hit mid me is, and ge ge-hyrad hv^aet ic to eow sprece. ( ! ) Has been : see p. 62, note 2. ( 2 ) Shall be, are to come. ( 3 ) To ear, plough ; L.arare. ( 4 ) 1.2. to reap. ( 5 ) Seep. 73. ( 6 ) Of your ownaccord : see p. 70. Vulg. has " vestro consilio," ( 7 ) Through whose will: see p. 31. ( 8 ) Quickly ;=hra^5e : see p, 25. ( 9 ) Wunian to dwell ; G. wohnen. ( 10 ) Land of Goshen. (") Hry^5er (III. 1.) ox, rother-beast ; G rind, D. rund : mark the n dropped and the vowel lengthened : see p. 2. Heord (II. 3.), herd ; G.herde. ( 12 ) Behind, to come. ( 13 j For-weori5an (III. I.) to perish; observe the force of the prefix for-. EXTRACTS GENESIS. Ill 12. Cydact minum feeder eal min wuldor, and ealle J>a J>ing ])Q ge ge-sawon on Egipra-lande : efstact and laedad: hirie t6 me. 14. And he clypte ( 1 ) heora eelcne, and cyste ( 2 ) hig. 15. And weop : aefter J>ison hlg ne dorston sprecan wid hine. 16. pa spreec man ofer-eal( 3 ), and wid-msersode ( 4 ) ]>aet losepes brodru comon to Pharaone, and Pharad waes gleed, and eal his hired; 17. And he bead losepe paet he bude his brodrum and ])us cwsede : Symact ( 5 ) eowre assan, and farad to Chanaan-lande. 18. And nimad J>aer eowerne feeder, and eowere ni83gd:a( 6 ), and cuinad: t& me, and ic eow sylle ealle Egipta god. 19. Beod him eac J)aet htg nimon wsenas( 7 ) to hyra cilda fare( 8 ) and to hyra ge-ma3ccena( 9 ), and beod him eac J>a3t hig nimon hyra feeder, and efston hider swa hig hradost magon. 20. And ne for-lsete ge nan ])ing( 10 ) of eowrum yddisce( n ), for-Jmm ealle Egipta speda( 12 ) beod eowre. 21. Israeles suna dydon swa him be-boden wees, and 0) Clyppan (I. 2.) to embrace, clip. ( 2 ) Cyssan (I. 2.) tokiss ; G. kiissen. ( 3 ) Everywhere ; G. iiber-all. (*) Wid-majrsian to noise, spread abroad; from wid and maere. ( 5 ) Syman (I. 2.) to load. ( 6 ) Maeg (II. 3.) family, household, trifa ( 7 ) Weegn, waen (II. 1.) wagon, wain ; G. wag-en. ( 8 ) Far (II. 3.) going, journey ; hence/are. ( 9 ) Ge-rasecca, -e (I. 2, 3.) husband, wife, companion, mate; O. make. ( 10 ) Vulg. " Nee dimittatis quicquam." ( 11 ) Yddisc food, from etan j hence P. eddish, ashes, &c. feed for catlie, ajter-grass, stubble. ( l2 ) Sped wealih. 112 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. losep him sealde wsenas eal-swa Pharao him be&d, and for-mete( 1 ), 22. And sealde hyra selcum tw& scrud ( 2 ) ; and he sealde Beniamine fif scrud, and Jjreo hundred sylfringa( 3 ). 23. And he sende his feeder tyn assan ]>e wseron ge- symed mid feo, and mid hraegle( 4 ), and mid Egipta welon ( 5 ), and tyne ]>e beeron hwsete and hlaf. 24. Witod-lice he let ])a his ge-brodru faran> and cwsed: to him : Ne for-lsete ge nan J>irig ( 6 ) be wege, ac beoct swicte ge-s&me ( 7 ) . 25. Hig foron of Egipta-lande, and comon to Cha- naan-lande t& lacobe hyra feeder, 26. And cwsedon to him : losep lyfad J>in sunu, and wealt ealles Egipta-landes. pa lacob J>set ge-hyrde ]?a Jjuhte him swylce he of hefigum sleepe a-wacode, 27. And J>eah he him ne ge-lyfde, hlg rehton ( 8 ) him hyra fsereld ( 9 ) be ende-byrdnesse ( 10 ) arid J>a he ge-seah pa waenas, and ealle J>a ])ing J>e him ge-sende wseron, his gast weardge-ed-cwicod( n ), (*) " Provision for the way;" for (II. 3.) journey ; mete (II. 2.) meat. ( 2 ) Vulg. "stolas;" "changes of raiment:" scrud (II. 1.) garment, shroud, ( 3 ) Sylfring (II. 2.)" piece of silver." ( 4 ) Hrgegl (II. 2.) raiment, garment ; hence night-rai/. ( 5 ) Wela (1. 2.) weal, wealth : pi. riches^ prosperity. ( 6 ) Perhaps repeated by mistake from v. 5. Vulg. has here Ne irascamini : J| we i( see that ye fall not out." ( 7 ) Mild, gentle. ( 8 ) Reccan (II. 2.) to relate. ( 9 ) Going, journey, or perhaps, how they had fared. ( 10 ) In order, succession : Vulg. " Illi econtra referehant omnem ordinem rei." ( n ) Ge-ed-cwician to make alive again, quicken, cwic, cue, &c. quick, living. EXTRACTS EXODUS. 113 28. And he cwoed: : Ge-noh ic haebbe gif losep rain sunu gyt leofact; ic fare and ge-se& hine aer-pam- ]>Q ic swelte^). VI. Exodus, ch. xxiii. ( 2 ) 1. Ne under- fob ( 3 ) lease ( 4 ) ge-witnesse( 5 ). 2. Ne fylig( 6 ) )>u J>am folce ]je yfel wille don, ne be-foran manegon soctes ne wanda( 7 ). 3. Ne miltsa( 8 ) ])u J>earfan( 9 ) on dome. 4. Gif Jm ge-mete Jjines feondes oxan oclcte assan, leed hine to him. 5. Gif J>u ge-seo his assan licgan under byretene( 10 ), ne ga ]ju Jjanon, ac hefe hine up mid him. 6. Ne Jm ne wauda on Jjearfan dome. 7. Fle6h( 11 ) leasunga( 12 ) ; un-scyldigne and riht-wisne ne of-sleh )ii. C 1 ) Sweltan(III. I.") to die. ( 2 ) This chapter is imperfect in several places, and the 30th verse is wanting. ( 3 ) Under-fangan, -fon (II. 2.) to undertake, receive. ( 4 ) Leas (1.) false, lying. ( 5 ) Witness, testimony. ( 6 ) See p. 42. ( 7 ) Wandian to fear, ii lac( a ) J>a a-blendad: gleawne ( 2 ) , and a-wendad( 3 ) riht-wisra word. 9. Ne bed Jm ael-jjeodigum ( 4 ) gram( 5 ), for-pam ge waeron sel-jjeodie on Egipta-lande. 10. Saw ( 6 ) six ger( 7 ) Jnn land, and gadera( 8 ) his waestmas, 11. Andlset hit restan on ]>am seofodan, ])aet Jjearfan eton J>8er-of, and wild-deor (9) ; do swa on Jnnum win- earde, and on J)inum ele-beamon( 10 ). 12. Wyrc six dagas, arid ge-swic ( n ) on ]?am seofodan, J>aet ]}in oxa and ])in assa hig ge-reston, and past Jjinre wylne sunu sy ge-hyrt( 12 ), and se utan-cumena( 13 ). 13. Healdad: ealle J>a ])ing J>e ic eow saede, and ne swerie ge ]>urh utan-cumenra goda naman. 14. prywa on gere ge-wurdiad( 14 ) minne freols. 15. pu ytst peorf-symbel ( 15 ) ; seofon dagas ge etad (*) Gifts, herejieuter II. 1., but see p. 9. ( 2 ) Gleaw (I.) skilful, clever ; G. klug. ( 3 ) A-wendan (I. 2.) to turn away, sub-vert, per-vert ; G. ab-wenden : the prefix a- sometimes has the force of of-. ( 4 ) iEl-J?e6dig (II.) foreign, strange; sel- is here=a\\-og, L. al-ius, al- ienus ; and not to be confounded with asl for eal, in sel-mihtig, ael-beorht and the like. ( 5 ) Angry, cruel. Vulg." molestus." ( 6 ) Sawan (II. 2.) to sow ; G. sahen, ( 7 ) =gear, see p. 5. ( 8 ) Gaderian to gather. ( 9 ) Wild beasts. ( 10 ) Olive-trees ; ele oil, beam beam, tree ; G. baum, D. boom, whor.co boom. ( n ) Ge-swican (III. 2.) to cease* ( 12 ) Ge-hyrtan (I. 2.) to encourage, hearten, strengthen, from heorte. ( 13 ) Stranger, one come from without ; it-on, see p. 71. ( u ) Ge-weoriSian (wurfcian) to honour, ce'i^ate ; G. wiirdigen. ( l5 ) Feast of unleavened bread. EXTRACTS EXODUS. 115 Jjeorf, swa ic J>e be-bead, on J>ses rnonctes tid niwra( 1 ) waestma, ]>a ]>u ut-fore of Egipta-lande : ne cymst Jm butan aehnyssan ( 2 ) on mine ge syhde. 16. Heald J>a symbel tide ]>aes monctes frum-sceat- ta( 3 ) Junes weorces J>e ])u on lande saewst, and on geres utgange( 4 ), J>onne J>u ge-gaderast J>ine waestmas t&- 17. prywa on gere aele waepned-man ( 5 ) set-ywd( 6 ) be- foran Dryhtne( 7 ). 18. Ne off'ra J>u pinre on- saegdnesse blod ( 8 ) iippan beorman(9), ne se rysel( 10 ) ne be-lyfct ( n ) od: morgen( 12 ). 19. Bring Jxrne frum-sceattas to Godes huse. .20. Nu ic sende minne engel Jjaet he ]>e laede in-to J)?ere stowe J>e ic ge-gearwode ( 13 ). 21. Gym( 14 ) his, and ge-hyr his stemne( 15 ), for-]?am (^) Niwe (I.) new; veoQ, L.novus, G. neu, D. nieuw. ( 2 ) ^Elmysse (1. 3.) alms; (S. awmous;) gift would here hare been better. ( 3 ) First fruits ; fruma beginning, sceat (II. 2.) coin, value, profit, fyc. hence shot, scot : G. schatz treasure. ( 4 ) Ut-gang (II. 2.) out-going, end ; G. aus-gang. ( 5 ) Lit. weaponed-man ; the common use of this word for mate is a strong proof of the warlike habits of our A. S. forefathers. ( 6 ) ^Et-ywan (-ian, -e6wian)(I. 2.) to appear, show, fyc. ( 7 ) Dryhten (II. 2.) Lord, chief; dryht(II. 3.) troop,band. ( 8 ) B16d (II. 1.) blood ; G. blut, D. bloed. ( 9 ) Beorme (I. 3.) barm, leaven, leavened bread. ( 10 ) II. 2. fat. (") Be-lyfan (III. 2.) to remain ; G. b-leiben, D. b-lijven. ( 12 ) Morgen, mergen, merigen (II. 2.) morn, morrow ; G. and D. morgen. ( 13 ) Gearwian to prepare, make yare or ready. ( u ) Gjrman (I. 2.) to take care of, care for, herd, attend to. ( 15 ) Stemn = stefn voice ; G. stimme, D. stem. ANGLO SAXON GUfDE. he ne fdr-gifd ]x>nne ge syngiad, and mm nama is on him. 22. Ic bed Jnnra feonda feond, 23. And J>e in ge-lsede to Amorrea lande. 24. Ne ge-ead-med^) ]>u hira godas, ac to-brec hira an-licnessa. 25. peowiad Dryhtne : ic ge-bletsie eow, and do selce un-trumnesse fram eow, 26. And ge-ice( 2 ) eower dagas, 27. And a-flyme( 3 ) )>ine fynd be-foran ])e ; 28. And ic a-sende hyrnetta( 4 ), ])e aflymad Efeum( 5 ) and Chananeum, 29. Twelf mondum ser J)u in-fare. 31. Ic sette ])ine ge-ni8ero( 6 ) fram ])eere Readan(7) See od Palastinas See, arid fram J>am westene od })aet flod. 32. Nafa J>u nane sibbe( B ) wid hira godas, 33. py-lses hig ]>e be-swicon(9). f 1 ) Ea$-medan (e^d-) (1. 2.) to humble one-self, warship, " bow down to:" from ea$ and m6d. ( 2 ) Ge-ican (I. 2.) to increase, lengthen, eke out ; fromeac. ( 3 ) A-flyman (I. 2.) to put to flight, from fte&mjiight. ( 4 ) Hyrnet hornet. ( 5 ) The Hivite ; Vulg. Hevaeum.'* ( 6 ) Ge-maere (III. 1.) boundary ; P.meer. ( 7 ) Read (I.) red ; G. roth, D. rood. ( 8 ) Sib (II. 3.) peace. ( 9 ) Be-swican (III. 2.) to deceive. 117 VII. Saxon Chronicle^}. *#* The Saxon Chronicle is a series of annals of A. S. affairs, from the earliest times to A.D. 1154, compiled by Monks. Brytene( 2 ) ig-land( 3 ) is eahta hund mila lang and twa hurid mila brad; and her syndon on Jjam ig-lande fif ge-J>e6da( 4 ), Englisc, and Bryt-Wylisc( 5 ), and Scytt- isc( 6 ), and Pyhtisc(T), and B6c-leden( 8 ). JE'rost wseron bugend(9) J>isses landes Bryttas( 10 ) ]>a comon of Armo- rica( n ) 5 and ge-sseton ( 12 ) sudan-weard Brytene aerost. A.D. 449. Her( 13 ) Martianus and Valentinianus on- fengon rice( 14 ), and ricsodon seofon winter. On heora dagum Hengest( 15 ) and Horsa fram Wyrtgeorne ( l6 ) ge- ladode( 1 7) Brytta cyninge to fultume, ge-sohton( 18 ) Brytene on ])am stede( 1 9) f>e is ge-nemned Yp-wines- fleot( ), serost Bryttum to fultume, ac hi eft( 21 ) on hi( 22 ) ( ! ) Taken with some slight changes from the edition of Dr. Ingram, President of Trinity College, Oxford. ( 2 ) II. 2. Britain. ( 3 ) Ig-land, ea-land, (II. 1.) e t iland; G. ei-land, D. ey-land : island has arisen from a confusion with isle, (L, insula, G. insel, F. isle, ile) with which it has no connexion. ( 4 ) Ge-Jseod (II. 3.) nation. ( 5 ) Lit. British- Welsh. ( 6 ) Scottish. ( 7 ) Pictish. ( 8 ) Book-Latin, Roman. ( 9 ) For buend (II. 2.) inhabitants : see p. 15. ( 10 ) Brytte (II. 2.) Briton. ( n ) A various reading has Armenia. ( 12 ) Ge-sittan (II. 1.) to occupy, settle in. ( 13 ) Here and below means this year. ( 14 ) The Roman Empire. ( l5 ) II. 2. Not Hengist as commonly spelt ; horse, G. hengst. Horsa too meant the same. ( 16 ) Vortigern. ( 17 ) Lafcian (I. 1. ) to invite, G. laden. ( 18 ) Secan is here to go to ; comp. the use of L. petere. ( 19 ) II. 2. Place, stead ; G. statt, stiitte. ( 20 ) Ehb's-et in the Isle of Thanet ; fieot stream, creek ; fleet is common in locname.asl ( 2l ) Again, afterwards. ( 22 ) Against them; in eo 118 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. fuhton. Se cing het hi feohtan on-gean Pyhtas, and hi swa dydon, and sige( 1 ) hsefdou swa-hwar-swa hi comon. Hi ]>a sendon to Angle ( 2 ) and heton heom seudan mare fultum, and heom secgan Bryt-Walena( 3 ) nahtnesse( 4 ), and J>a3s landes cysta( 5 ). Hi J>a sendon heom mare fultum : J>a comon ]>a men of Jjrym maegd- um Germanie( 6 ): of Eald-Seaxum( r ), of Englum( 8 ) y of I6tum(9). Of lotum comon Can t- ware ( 10 ), and Wiht-ware, Jjaet is seo m8ed( n ) J>e nu eardact( 12 ) on Wiht( 13 )j and Jjaet cyn on West-Seaxum( 14 ) J>e man git hset I6tena-cyn. Of Eald-Seaxum comon East- Seaxan( 15 ), and S6d-Seaxan( 16 ), and West-Seaxan. Of ( 1 ) IT. 2. victory; G. sieg. ( 2 ) Engle, Angle (Ongle) (II. 2.) country of the Angles, the present Sleswig. ( 3 ) Bryt-Wala (I. 2.) lit. British-VreMiman : the Anglo-Saxons called all not of Gothic race Walan or VVealas, equivalent to strangers or fo- reig'ners, and the Germans still keep up the same idea, calling the French and Italians Walschen, and anything strange or outlandish w'dlsch. ( 4 ) Nahtnes (II. 3.) goodness for nought, cowardice. ( 5 ) Cyst (II. 3.) choice, excellence ; pi. cystagood things, abundance. ( 6 ) Gen. of Germania ; see p. 13. ( 7 ) Seaxa (1. 2.) Saxon : the Old-Saxon dialect nearly resembled the A. S. ( 8 )Seep. 19. ( 9 ) Iota, luta (I. 2) ; the Jutes occupied the present Jutland, which was bounded to the south by Angle; the Old-Saxons* land, nowHolstein, lay still further southward. ( 10 ) Dwellers in Kent: see p. 20. ^ii) = maegS, p. 5. ( 12 ) Eardian to dwell, from eard. ( 13 ) Or Wiht-land Isle of Wight. ( 14 ) The West-Saxons occupied Berks, Hants, Wilts, Dorset, and parts of Somerset and Devon. ( 15 ) The East-Saxons occupied Essex, as the name implies, Middlesex, and part of Herts. ^ l6 ) The South-Saxons had Sussex, named after them, and Surrey. EXTRACTS SAXON CHRONICLE. 119 Angle comon (se a siet-J>an stod westig( 1 ) be-twyx lotum and Seaxum) East-Engle( 2 ), Middel-Engle ( 3 ), Mearce( 4 ), and ealle Nord-Ymbra( 5 ). * * * A.D. 596. Her Gregorius Papa sende to Brytene Augustinum, mid wel monegum ( 6 ) muriucum( 7 ) ]>a Godes word sceoldon bodian( 8 ) Angel-cynne. * * A.D. 806. Her se mona a-J>ystrode( 9 ) on kalendis Septembris( 10 ). Ead-wulf Norctan-Hymbra cyning waes of his rice a-drifen, and Heard-byrht bisceop on Hagustealdes-e ( n ) ford-ferde ( 12 ). Eac on ]>issum ylcan geare pridie nonas Iunii( 13 ) rode-tacn ( 14 ) weard at-eowed ( 15 ) on ]>am monan, anes W6dnes-daeges( 16 ), (*) Waste, desert. ( 2 ) East Anglia comprised Norfolk, Suffolk, and Cambridge. ( 3 ) The Middle Angles had Salop, Worcester, Warwick, Gloucester, &c. ( 4 ) Mercia included the remaining midland counties, together with Chesier, Derby, Nottingham, and Lincoln. ( 5 ) North umbria consisted of York, Lancaster, and the other northern counties : as these were united or divided into two kingdoms, Saxon England formed either a heptarchy or an octarchy. ( 6 ) Very many, a good number. ( 7 ) Munuc (II. 2.) monk ; G. monch, L. monachus. ( 8 ) To announce, proclaim, preach ; hence to bode : bocla messenger ; G. bote, D. boode. ( 9 ) A-j?ystrian to become dark, be eclipsed, from J?ystru (p. 10.) ; }?yster dark; G. duster. ( 10 ) Sept. 1.: the Roman name for the day of the month was used sometimes, but not always : see p. 36. ( u ) Hexhinn. ( 12 ) Went forth, departed, died. ( 13 ) June 4. ( 14 ) Sign of the Cross; rod (II. 3.) rood, Cross; tacen token, sign; G. zeichen, D. teeken. ( 15 ) At- for aet- ; see p. 4. ( 16 ) " Of a Wednesday," as we still say. 120 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. innan Jjstre daginge( 1 ); and eft on pissum geare tertio kalendas Septembris( 2 ) an wundor-lic trendel( 3 ) weard: at-eowed a-biitan J>sere sunnan. * * And J>y ylcan geare (A.D. 853.) sende .ZEdel-wulf cyning ^Elf-red his sunu to Rome, (J>a waes Jjonne Leo( 4 ) Papa on Rome) and he hine to cyninge ge- halgode, and hine him to bisceop-suna ge-nam( 5 ). * A.D.871. pa feng ^Elf-red ^del-wulf-ing ( 6 ) to(7) West-Seaxna rice; and paes ymb senne monad: ( 8 ) ge- feaht JElf-red cyning wict ealne J>one here( 9 ) lytle werode( 10 ) aet Wil-tune( n ) and hine lange on daeg ge-flymde ( 12 ), and ]>a Deniscan ahton wgel-stowe ( 13 ) ge-weald. And paes geares wurdon nigon folc-ge- feoht( 14 ) ge-fohten wid J)one here on Jjam cyne-rice be sudan Temese, butari J>am J>e him ^If-red, and ealdor-men ( 15 ) 5 and cyninges Jjegnas oft rada( 16 ) on- ridon J>e man na ne rimde( 17 ). And ]>aes geares ( ! ) Daging (see p. 67.) dawn ; dagian to dawn, O. daw. ( 2 ) Aug. 29. ( 3 ) Round) circle : hence to trundle. ( 4 ) Leo IV. ( s ) Stood sponsor to him at Confirmation ; an ancient custom of the Churches; see the 3rd rubric after Confirmation, and thereon Wheatley, &c. ( 6 ) Son of JEthelwulf ; see p. 65. ( 7 ) Feng to " took to" as is still said. ( 8 ) One month after that. ( 9 ) The Danish host of plunderers was called emphatically " se here" the anny ; G. das heer : see p. 9. ( 10 ) Abl, with a little band : werod II. 1. ( ll ) Wil-tun Wilton. ( 12 ) Ge-flyman = a-flyman above. ( 13 ) Weel-stow slaughter-place, battle-field ; G. wahl-platz. ( 14 ) Great battles, battles of nations. ( 15 ) Ealdor-man (III. 2.) senator, chief ; hence alderman. ( 16 ) Had (II. 3.) road, in-road, raid, foray ; from ridan. ( 17 ) Riman to count, number - tence to rime; G. reimen, D. rijmen. EXTRACTS APOLLONIUS. 1*21 wseron of-slegene nigon eorlas ( l ), and an cyning; and J>y geare namon West-seaxan frid( 2 ) wid J>one here. A.D. 901. Her ford-ferde ^Elf-red JEdel-wulfing six nihtum ( 3 ) ser Ealra Haligra Maessan ( 4 ), se wges cyning ofer eal Angel-cyn biitan ])am deele ]>e under Dena on-wealde waes. And he heold J>aet rice oder-healf ( 5 ) gear laes ]>e Jjryttig \vintra( 6 ). VIII. Apollonius. ( 7 ) *#* Translated from the Gesta Romanorum, a monkish collection of tales, by whom is not known. This story is the original of the play called u Peri- cles Prince of Tyre." S6d:-lice mid-J>y-J)9 )>aes cynges dohtor ge-seah ])*t Apollonius on ealluai godum craeftum swa wel wses ge-togen( 8 ), J>a ge-feoll hyre m&d on his lufe. pa sefter Jjaes beorscipes (9) ge-endunge, cwsed (*) Eorl earl ( 2 ) Namon fri$ made peace : friS (II. 2.) peace ; G. friede. ( 3 ) The Anglo-Saxons reckoned time by nights : of this our se'n-night (seven-night) andfo'rt'night (fourteen-night) are relics. ( 4 ) All Hallows' Mass, Feast of Ail Saints: maesse I. 3. (*) See p. 36. ( 6 ) See p. 35, note 5. ( 7 ) From Mr. Thorpe's edition, pp. 1719, 2325. ( 8 ) Teogan, (tugan), teon to draw fyc. 9 educate : comp. G. er-ziehen ; L. e-ducare from ducere. ( 9 ) Be6r-sc!pe (II. Z.) feast, banquet; beor(II. 1.) beer. 122 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. mseden to J>am cynge : Leofa faeder, J>fi lyfdest me lytle ser J>aet ic moste gifan Apollonio swa- hwset-swa ic wolde of Jnnum gold-horde ( a ). Arces- trates se cyng cwaed t& hyre : Gif him swa-hwaet-swa J)ii wile. He& J>a swide( 2 ) blide( 3 ) ut-eode and cwaed : Lareow Apolloni, ic gife J>e be mines faeder leafe twa hund punda( 4 ) goldes, and feower hund punda ge-wihte( 5 ) seolfres, and J>one msestan dsel( 6 ) de&r-wyrdan ( T ) reafes, and twentig ]>e&wa manna. And heo ]>a ]>us cwaed t& J)am Jjeowum mannum : Beract J>as ]>ing mid e&w ]?e ic be-het( 8 ) Apollonio minum lareowe, and lecgad inrion bure( 9 ) be-foran minum freondum. pis weard: J>a J>us ge-don aefter J>eere cwene( 10 ) h8ese( n ), and ealle J>a men hyre gife heredon J>e hig ge-sawon. pa sod lice ge-endode sa ge-beorscipe, and J>a men ealle a-rison, and gretton pone cyng and ]>a cwene, and baedori hig ge-sunde ( 12 ) beon and ham ge-weridon. Eac-swylce ( 13 ) Apollonius ( ! ) Hord(TI. Z.) hoard, treasure. ( 2 ) SwiX (I.) strong, powerful ; swi^Se greatly, very ; comp. L. (valide) valde, F. fort. ( 3 ) Blie 6/ii/ie; D. blijde. ( 4 ) Fund (II. Impound. ( 5 ) Ge-wiht (II. 3. ) weight ; G. ge-wicht. ( 7 ) Precious ; deor rfmr ; G. theuer, D. duur. ( 8 ) Be-hatan (II. 2.) to promise; G. ver-heissen. ( 9 ) Bur (II. 2.) chamber, bower. ( 10 ) Cwen (II. 3.) queen ; quean is likewise from cwen, which meant originally woman ; yvvrj. ( !l ) Haes (II. 3.) command, be-hest; G, ge-heiss. < 12 ) Ge-sund sound, whole; bade them fare-well ; L. valere eosjusse- runt. ( 13 ) So in tike manner. EXTRACTS APOLLO IUS. 123 cwaed: : pu goda cyning and earmra ge-miltsigend, and J>u cwen lare lufigend, beo ge ge-sunde. He be- seahj 1 ) eac to Jjain Jjeowum m annum J>e Jjaet mseden him for-gifen( 2 ) haeide, and heom cwaect to : Nimad: Jjas J)ing mid eow J>e me seo cwen for-geaf, and gan we secan ure g8est-hus( 3 ) J>a3t we magon us ge-restan. pa a-dred ])aet maeden J>get heo neefre eft Apollonium ne ge-sawe swa hrade swa heo wolde, and eode Jja to hyre feeder and cwaech pu goda cyning, licact ]>e wel Jjaet Apollonius ]?e ])urh us to-daag ge-godod ( 4 ) is, ]>us heonon fare, and cuman yfele men and be-reafian hine ? Se cyng cwaed : Wel J>u cwsede : hat him findan hwar he hine maege wurd: licost ( 5 ) ge-restan. pa dyde J>aet maeden swa hyre be-boden waes^ and Apollonius on-feng ]>aere wunurige( 6 ) ]?e him be-teht( 7 ) waes, and Jjar-in-eode, Gode Jjancigende ])e him ne for-wyrnde cyne-lices wurdscipes and frofre. Ac JjaBt maeden haefde un-stille niht mid ]>aere lufe on-seled( 8 ) ]>ara worda and sanga ]>e heo ge-hyrde aet Apollonige (9), and na leng heo ne ge-bad J>onne hit daeg was, ac eode sona swa hit leoht ( 19 ) waes, and ( ! ) Be-seon (III.3.) to /oofc, look at. ( 2 )' For-gifan (II. 1.) to give away, present, forgive. ( 3 ) Inn, guest-house; G. gast-haus. ( 4 ) Ge-godian, to endow, enrich ; G. be- giitern. ( 5 ) WuriS-lic (II.) honourable. ( 6 ) Dwelling, habitation ; G. wohnung. ( 7 ) Be-tsecan (1.2.) to commit, assign ; hence betake. ( 8 ) On-jelan (I. 2.) to inflame. ( 9 ) Abl. or dat. formed A. S.-vvise from Apollonius; the g inserted as p. 41. ( 10 ) Light; G.licht. -4 ANGLO-SAXON GUILE. ge-saet be-foran hyre feeder bedde. pa cwaed: se cyng : Leofe dohtor, for-hwy eart J/u J>us se,r-wacol ( l ) ? paet maeden cwaed: Me a-wehton( 2 ) jja ge-cneordnessa ( 3 ) J>e ic girstan-daeg ( 4 ) ge-hyrde ; nu bidde ic ]>e for- Jmm J)03t J>u be-faeste( 5 ) me urum cuman Apollonige to lare( 6 ). pa weard se cyng Dearie ( 7 ) ge-blissod( 8 ), and het feccan Apollonium and him to cwaed: Min dohtor gyrnd J>aet heo mote leornian aet J>e J>a ge- sseligan(9) lare J>e J>u canst, and gif ]>u wilt J)isum oingum ge-hyrsum beon, ic swerige J>e ]>urh mines /ices maBgna( 10 ) pset swa-hwaet-swa ]HT on see for-lure, ic J)e paet on land ge-stadelige( n ). pa-J>a Apollonius J>set ge-hyrde, he on-feng ]>am maadenne to lare, and hyre tsehte swa wel swa he sylf ge-leoruode. ***** pa waes hyre ge-cyd ])e J>ar ealdor( 12 ) waes, ]>a3t J>ar wsere cumen sum cyngc( 13 ) mid his adume( 14 ), and mid his dohtor, mid miclum gifum. Mid-])am-]}e heo ( ! ) Early-wakeful ; comp. L. vigil. ( 2 ) A-weccan (I. 2.) to awake (act.) G. er-wecken : the neut. is wacian (I. 1.) orwacan (II. 3.); G. wachen. ( 3 ) Studies, accomplishments* ( 4 ) Yesterday; G. gestern ; comp. L. hestern-us. ( 5 ) Be-festan (I. 2.) to commit, intrust. ( 6 ) For instruction. ( 7 ) pearl (I.) strong; j?earle very, greatly ; comp. swifce above. ( 8 ) Blissian to rejoice; bliss (II. 3.) bliss, joy. ( 9 ) Ge-slig (I.) happy , blessed ; G. selig : hence silly, O. sely. ( n ) Ge-staiSelian to establish, make good, from stafcol station; whence stafcol-fest stead-fast, fyc. ( 12 ) Here used for chief priestess. ( 13 ) See p. 5. (") Aum son-in-law. EXTRACTS APOLLONIUS. 125 pset ge-hyrde, heo hi sylfe mid cyne-licum reafe ge fraetwode( 1 ), and mid purpran ge-scrydde, and hyre heafod mid golde and mid gimmon ( 2 ) ge-glengde ( 3 ), and mid miclum f8ernnena( 4 ) heape( 5 ) ymb-trymm- ed( 6 ), com to-geanes pam cynge( 7 ). Heo waes sod- lice pearle wlitig( 8 ), and for pare (9) miclan lufe pare clsennesse hi sasdon ealle paet par n sere nan Dianan( 10 ) swa ge-cweme( n ) swa he&. Mid-pam-pe Apollonius paet ge-seah, he mid his adume, and mid his dohtor to hyre urnon, and feollon ealle to hyre fotum. and wendon past he& Diana wsere seo gyden( 12 ) for hyre miclan beorhtnesse and wlite. pa3t hali( 13 ) ern( 14 ) weard J>a ge-openod, and J>a lac wseron in-ge-brohte ; and Apollonius on-gan pa sprecan and cwedan : Ic fram cild-hade wass Apollo- nius ge-nemned, on Tirum ge-boren. Mid-parn-pe (*) Ge-fraetwian to adorn ; fnttu (III. I.} ornament, fret. ( 2 ) Gim (II. 2.) gem. ( 3 ) Ge-glengan (I. 2.) to adorn. ( 4 ) Faemne damsel ; L. feraina. ( 5 ) Heap (II. 2.) troop, heap ; G. haufe, D. hoop. ( 6 ) Ymb-trymmian to surround, trymmian to strengthen, hence to trim, guard, a garment, &c. ( 7 ) To meet the king ; comp. G. dem kb'nige ent-gegen. ( 8 ) Beautiful; wlite (11. 2.) beauty. " ( 9 ) = }?aere ; at p 5, 1. 1, it should have been slated that se is some- times changed to a, as well a to se. ( 10 ) Dat. of Diana. ( u ) Pleasing, agreeable, from cwuman (cum an) to come; comp. G- be- quem con-venient. ( 12 ) Feminine of god ; see p. 66, and comp. G. gott, gb'tt-in. (^ =halig, seep. 5. (") Ern, aern (II. 1 ) house, ronm; seep. 71, n. 7. M 2 126 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ic be com t& fullon and-gite( 1 ) J>a uses nan craeft fte wsere frarn cyngum be-gan( 2 ) octcfe fram sedelum mannum J>aet ic ne ciide: ic a-rsedde( 3 ) Antiochus rsedels( 4 ) J>ses cynges t&-J>&n-])aet ic his dohtor under- ftnge me to ge-maaccan. ac he sylfa waes mid ])am fulestan horwe( 5 ) ]>ar-t6 ge-]>e6d( 6 ), and me }>a syrwode( 7 ) to of-sleanne. Mid-J>am-])e ic J>aet for- fleah( 8 ), J>a weard ic on see for-liden (9), and com to Cyrenense( 10 ). pa under-fengc me Arcestrates se cyngc mid swa micelre lufe, ]>aet ic aet nyhstan( n ) ge-earnode ( 12 ) jjaet he geaf me his a-cennedan ( 13 ) dohtor to ge-maeccan. Seo for ]>a mid me t& oa- fonne minon cyne-rice, and J)is mine dohtor ]>e ic be-foran J>e, Diana, ge-and-weard( 14 ) haabbe, a-cende on see, and hyre gast a-let( 15 ). Ic J>a hi mid cyne- licum reafe ge-scrydde, and mid golde and ge-write( l6 ) on ciste( 17 ) a-legde( 18 ), J)aet se-]?e hi funde hi wurct-liee ( ! ) And-git (II. 1.) understanding. ( 2 ) Be-g % an to exercise, cultivatoj attend to. ( 3 ) A-rsedan to read, guess ; G. er-rathen to guess. ( 4 ) II 2. riddle ; G. rathsel. ( 5 ) Horu (III. 1.) pollution. ( 6 ) Ge-jieudan (I. 2.) to join. ( 7 ) Syrwian to plot ; searu (III. 1.) amh-ush, stratagem. ( 8 ) For-fleon to escape, flee from. ( 9 ) Shipwrecked ; li^San (III. 2.) to sail, for-lifcan to sail with ill $ucce3 f suffer shipwreck. ( 10 ) Cyrene. ( ll ) At last. ( 12 ) Earned, deserved, obtained. ( 13 ) A'-cenned == an-cenned only begotten. ( H ) Present, ( 15 ) A-laetan = of-laetan to let forth, give up. ( 16 ) Ge-writ (III. 1.) writing, writ, inscription. ( 17 ) Cist (II. 3.) chest, coffin; P. kist, G. kiste. ( 18 ) Usually -lede ; from -Ifcgan. EXTRACTS APOLLONI US. 1*27 l)8-byrigde( 1 ), and pas mine d&htor be-faeste Jnim man- fullestan( 2 ) mannan to fedanne( 3 ). For me( 4 ) J>a ,to Egipta-lande feower-tyne gear on heofe( 5 ) : ]>a ic on- gean( 6 ) com, ]>a saedon hi me Jjaet rnin dohtor wsere ford-faren ( 7 ) ; and me waes min sar( 8 ) eal ge-ed-niwad. Mid-J>am-J)e he J)as J>;ngc eal a-reht haefde, Arces- trate soct-lice his wif up-a-ras, arid hine ymb-clypte( 9 ). pa niste na Apoilonius ne ne ge-lyfde J>a3t heo his ge-ma3cca( 10 ) wsere, ac sceaf( n ) hi fram him. Heo ]>a micelre stefne clypode, and cwaed: mid wope: Ic com Arcestrate pin ge-msecca, Arcestrates dohtor poes cynges, and J>u eart Apoilonius min lareow ])8 me lairdest ! pu eart se for-lidena man J>e ic lufode, na for galnesse( 12 ) ac for wis-dome ! Hwar is min dohtor? He be-wende hine J>a to Thasian ( 1S ) and cwaed : pis heo is; and hig weopon ]>a ealle, and eac bas- sodon. And J>aet word sprang geond eal J>aet land paet Apoilonius se msera c;ngc haefde funden his wif; and J>a wearct or-maete( 14 ) bliss, and ]ja or- ,(') (Be-) byrigan to bury. ( 2 ) Man-full wicked; man (II. 1.) wickedness, sin, crime; man-swara man-warn, perjured man ; G. mein-eid.fal&e oath. ( 3 ) To feed, nourish, bring vp. ( 4 ) Seep. 81. ( 5 ) Heaf, heof (II. 2.) sigh, groan, grief. ( 6 ) Again, back again. ( 7 ) ForS-faran = tbr^i-feran. ( 8 ) Pain, grief, sore. ( 9 ) Ymb-clyppan to embrace, clip round. ( 10 ) Ge-maecca mate serves for both genders ; thus correct n. 9, p. 111. ( H ) Sciifan (III. 3.) to shoie, push; G. schieben, D. schuiven. ( 12 ) Lust. ( 13 ) The A. S. dative, like Dianan above and Antiochian below. ( H ) Measureless, immense; from or- and metan to mete, measure; see Additions. &c. 128 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. gana( 1 ) wseron ge-togene( 2 ), and pa byman( 3 ) ge- blawene( 4 ), and par weard blide ge-beorscipe ge-gear- wod be-twux pam cynge and pam folce. And he& ge-sette hyre gyngran ( 5 ) pe hyre folgode to sacerde, and mid blisse and heofe ealre pare meegde on Efe- sum, heo for mid hyre were( 6 ), and mid hyre adume, and mid hyre d&htor to Antiochian, par Apollonio waes paet cyne-rice ge-healden( 7 ). F6r( 8 ) pa sid-pan to Tirutn ( 9 ) and ge-sette par Athenagoras his adum to cyrige ; f&r pa sod- lice panon to Tharsum mid his wife, and mid his dohtor, and mid cyne-licre fyrde( 10 ), and het sona ge-l8eccan( n ) Stranguilionem and Dio- nisiaden, and Isedan be-foran him par he sset on his prym-setle( 12 ). ( I ) L. organum, commonly used in the plural, as organs formerly was. ( 2 j Lit. drawn; from some peculiar way either of playing the instru- ment or of blowing the bellows. ( 3 ) Byrne trumpet. ( 4 ) Blawan (II. 2.) to blow; G. blahen. ( 5 ) Gyngre (jemale) discipte, follower, lit. younger ; G. j linger is used in the same sense. ( 6 ) Wer (fir) II. 2. man, husband; L. vir ; aior was the Scythian ( Herod, iv. 1 10), and the Celtic dialects have a similar word. ( 7 ) Had been kept for A. ( 8 ) He, Apollonius went. ( 9 ) Copied probably from the L. "(ad) Tyrum" (as also Tharsum below) ; t6 seems properly to have always governed the dative. ( 10 ) Fyrd (II. 3.) army, array, march, fyc. ; G. fsihrt journey, c. ( II ) 1.2 to seize, catch. ( l2 ) Glory-seat, throne; J?rym II. 2., setl III. 1. EXTRACTS BOETIJIUS. 129 IX. Botthius. Cap. xvii.^) * # * King Alfred translated Boethius de Corisola- tione Philosophise, interweaving much original matter of his own : the following is his expansion of 3 or 4 lines, lib. II. prosa 7. Hu Jjaet M6d( 2 ) saede jjaet him naefre se& maegd and seo gitsung( 3 ) for-wel( 4 ) ne licode( 5 ), butan to lade( 6 ) he tilade (7). pa se Wis-dom ]>a J>is leod:( 8 ) a-sungen hsefde, Jni ge-swigode ( 3 ) he, and J>a and-sworede J)aet Mod and ]>us cwaed: : Ea-la Ge-scead-wisnes( 10 ) ! hwa3t( u ) ])LI wast J>set me naefre seo gitsurig and seo ge-maegd: Jjisses eord:-lican an-wealdes for-wel ne licode, ne ic ealles for-swide ne gyrnde J>isses eord-lican rices. Buton la ic wilnode ]>eah and-weorces( 12 ) to pain weorce ( ! ) From Mr. Cardale's edition, slightly altered. ( 2 ; II. 1. neuter, while G. muth is masculine : another exception to the general rule, pp. 8,9. ( 3 ) II. 3. desire, covetousness ; gitsian to covet. ( 4 ) Very well, too well ; for- is sometimes intensive; for-nean well nigh, for-swifce too much, excessively. ( 5 ) See p. 86. ( 6 ) Unwillingly ; see p. 70 : la$ (1.) hateful, loathsome. ( 7 ) Tilian (teolian) to toil, till,$c. : see p. 42. ( 8 ) lll.l.totig t lay; G. lied. ( 9 ) Swigian to be silent ; G. schweigen. ( 10 ) Reason, discretion; sceadan (p. 54.) to divide, discriminate, &,c ; G. scheiden. ( n ) Hwjet, and la (below) are often used as expletives. ( 12 ) And-weorc (II, 1.) mutter, material, sub&tance. 130 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. J>e me be-boden wses to wyrcanne ; Jjset wses ]>aet ic un-fracod-Hce( 1 ) and ge-risen-lice ( 2 ) mihte steor- an ( s ) and reccan ( 4 ) J>one an-weald ]>e me be-faest waes. Hwaet ]>u wast J>aet nan mon ne maeg nsenne craeft cyctan( 5 ), ne nsenrie an-weald reccan ne steor- an, buton tolum( 6 ) and and-weorce : J>aet byd: aelces craeftes and-weorc, paet mon J>one craft buton ( 7 ) wyrcan ne meeg. paet byd: Jjonne cyninges and-weorc and his to! mid to ricsianne ( 8 ) 5 ]>a3t he hsebbe his land ful-mannod ( 9 ) : he sceal hsebban ge-bed-men ( 10 ), and fyrd-men( n ) 9 and weorc-men. Hwa?t J>u wast paette butan pissum tolum nan cyning his craaft ne maeg cydan. pset is eac his and-weorc ]>8et he hsebban sceal to Jmm tolum, jjam J>rym ge-ferscip- um ( 12 ) bi-wiste ( 13 ) ; Jaat is ]>onne heora bi-wist, land .to bugienne ( 14 ), and gifta( 15 ), and waepna( 16 ), and mete, and ealo( ir ), and clactas( 18 ), and ge-hwaat ( 1 ) Fracod (I.) vile, shameful. ( 2 ) Ge-risen-lic (II.) fit, proper ; hit ge-rist it is fit, becoming, =L. decet. ( 3 ) Or styran (I. 2.) to steer, guide, govern; G. steuern, D. stuuren. ( 4 ) I. 3 reckon for, give an account of* ( 5 ) To make known, show forth, practise. ( 6 ; T61 (II. 1.) tool. ( 7 ) paet buton without which. ( 8 ) To rule with : ricsian, (rixian) ; L. reg-ere, rex-i. ( 9 ) Mannian to man. ( lo ) Prayer-men, clergy. (") Army-men, soldiers. ( 12 ) Ge-ferscipe (II. 2.) company ; ge-fera companion, O. fere. ( 13 ) Bi-wist (II. 3) provision, food : wist feast, &c. ( 14 ) Bugian=buan. ( 15 ) Gift (II. 3.) gift; plur. gifta usually means marriage. ( 16 ) Wsepen (III. 1.) weapon ; D. wapen. ( 17 ) Ealo (-u) (III. 3 ale. ( 18 ; Cla (II. 2.) cloth, garment ; G. kleid. EXTRACTS BOETHIUS. 131 faes J>e J>a ]>reo ge-ferscipas be-hofiad: ne mseg he butan jjissum J?as tol ge-healdan, ne butan Jnssum tolum nan Jjara ]>inga wyrcan J>e him be-boden is t& wyrcanne. For-Jjy ic wilnode and-weorces J>one an-weald mid to ge-reccenne, Jjaet mine crseftas and an-weald ne warden for-gitene and for-holene ( l ) ; for- bam aelc craeft and selc an-weald byd sona for^ ealdod( 2 ) and for-swigod( 3 ), gif he byd: butan Wis- dome; for-J>am-])e hwset-swa( 4 ) ]?urh dysige( 5 ) ge-don byd, n^ maeg hit nan mon nsefre t& craefte ge-reccan. paet is nu hradost to secganne ])aet ic wilnode weord-ful-lice ( 6 ) to lybbanne J)a-hwile-])e ic lyfode, and aefter minum life pam monnum t& Isefanne ]>e sefter me wseren min ge-mynd( 7 ) on godum weorcum. Cap. xxxiv. 10. *#* A free translation of part of prosa ii. lib. III. pa cwaed ic : Ne maeg ic nane cwice wuht on-gitan para ]je wite( 8 ) hwaet hit (9) wille odde hwaet hit nille, ]}e un-ge-ned( 10 ) lyste for-weordan. For-jjam aelc wuht wolde beon hal and lybban J>ara J>e me cwice ( J ) For-helan (II. 2.) to hide ; G. ver-hehlen. ( a ) For-ealdian to wear out, perish from old age. ( 3 ) For-swigian to pass in silence ; G. ver-schweigen ; here and above mark the force offer-. ( 4 ) Usually su'tf-hwaet-swa. ( 5 ) Folly; dyaig/oo&A, absurd; hence dizzy. ( 6 ) Worthily, honorably. (?) II. I. memory, mind. ( 8 ) Wfte singular agreeing with wuht and not with J?ara J?e j see p. 78. ( 9 ) Hit neut. while wuht is fern. ( 10 ) Nedan=n^dan. 132 ANGLO-SAXON GUILE. ])incct, butan ic nat be treowum, and be wyrtum( 1 ), arid be swylcum ge-sceaftum ( 2 ) swylce( 3 ) nane sawle nabbad:. pa smearcode ( 4 ) he and cwaed : Ne }>earft J)u no( 5 ) be Jjsem ( 6 ) ge-sceaftum tweogan( 7 ), J>e ma J>e( 8 ) be J>at-m cdrum Hu ne miht ]>u ge-seon Jjset selc wyrt and aelc wudu( 9 ) wile weaxan on Jjam lande selost( 10 ) }>e him betst ge-rist, and him ge- cynde( la ) byfl and ge-wune-lic ( 12 ) 5 and J>aer Jjaer hit ge-fret( 13 ), J)aet hit hradost weaxan maeg, and latest wealcwigan ( 14 ) ? Sumra wyrta odde sumes wuda eard bfA on dunum( 15 ), sumra on merscum( l6 ) 5 sumra on morum ( 17 ), sumra on cludum ( 18 ), sumra on barum( 19 ) soridum( 20 ). Nim J>onne swa wudu swa ( ! ) Wyrt (II. 3.) herb, wort. ( 2 ) Ge-sceaft (II. 3.) creation, creature. ( 3 ) Swylc swylc answers to L. talis qualis. ( 4 ) Smearcian to smir/c, smile. ( 5 ) N6=na. ( 6 ) See p. 30. ( 7 ) Tweogan, tweon (III. 3. See p. 60.) to doubt, from twa ; comp. doia-fiv, L. du-bitare, G. zwei-feln, from doia (^vo), duo, zwei. ( 8 ) Anymore than. ( 9 j III. 2. wood ; D. woud. ( 10 ) Best : sel good, excellent. ( 11 ) Kind, kindly, natural: ge-cynd (II. 3.) nature, kind. ( 12 ) Common, usual ; G. ge-wbhnlicb. ( 13 ) Where it tikes root, draws nourishment, lit. bites: fretan (II. 1.) (G. fressen) to eat, devour, fret. ( 14 > Fude; G. ver-welken, P. welk. ( 15 ) Dun (II. 3.) down, hill, mountain; hence don in local names: G. diine, D. duin, F. dune is a sand-/ti// near the sea. ( 16 ) Mersc (I1-. %.)m(tr>h; P. mesh. ( 1? ) Mor (II. 2.) moor ; D. moer. ( 18 j Clud (II. 2.) rock, cliff, (*<$ Bajr (II.) bare ; G. bar ( 20 ) Sand, sond (II. 2.) sand. EXTRACTS BOETH1US. 133 wyrt, swa-hwaeder-swa ]}ii wile of Jjsere stowe ]>e his eard and 8edelo( a ) byd on t& weaxanne, and seta on un-cyndre( 2 ) stowe him, Jjonne ne ge-grewd hit Jjser nauht, ac for-searad ( 3 ) ; for- J>am selces landes ge-cynd is, paet hit him ge-lice wyrta and ge-licne wudu tydrige( 4 ); and hit swa ded, fridad( 5 ), and fyrdrad( 6 ) swide georne( 7 ), swa longe swa heora ge- cynd byd, Jjaet hi gr&wan moton. Hwaet wenst J>ii for-hwy aelc saed( 8 ) growe innon ]>a eordan^ and to cidump) and . to wyrt-rumum( 10 ) weorde on J>sere eordan, buton for-Jjy-Jje hi teohhiad( n ) J)aet se stemn( 12 ) and se helm( 13 ) mote py faestor and J)y leng standan? Hwy ne miht ]>u on-gitan, peah Ipd hit ge-seon ne msege, J>aet eal se dael, se-J>e J>aes treowes on twelf mondum ge-weaxed, J>aet he on- ginnd of Jjam wyrt-rumum, and swa up-weardes grewd od Jjone stemn, and sid-J>an and-lang Jjaes pidan( 14 ), and and-lang J>sere rinde( 15 ) od pone helm, and sid-J)an setter ( l6 ) Jjam bogum(^), od-J)aet hit (') Nature. ^ ( 2 ) Un-cynde(I.)un-fcinrf, unnatural. ( 3 ) For-searian to fade, become sear. ( 4 ) Tydrian to produce, bring forth, from tudor, tudr (II. 2.) offspring, progeny. ( 5 ) Frisian to make flourish, grow well; fri* II. 2. peace, G. friede. ( 6 ) Fyrfcrian to further, forward, assist, fromfor^. ( 7 ) Willingly, veadily, earnestly ; G. gerne. ( 8 ) Sd (II. 1.) seed ; G. saat, D. zaad. ( 9 ) Ci* (II. 2,) shoot, sprout. ( 10 ) Wyrt-ruma root. ( H ) Teohbian to resolve, endeavour. ( 12 ) Stem, trunk. ( 13 ) Crown, head, top, helm-et. ( 14 ) PiSapitfe; D. pit. ( 15 ) Rind (II. 3.) rind, bark; G. rinde. ( ts ) Along; like L. secundum. ( 17 ) Bob (II. 2.) bough. N 134 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ut-a-springil ( l ) on leaf urn ( 2 ), and on blostmum ( 3 ), and on blaedum( 4 )? Hwy ne miht ]>u on-gitan faette aelc wuht cwices byd: innan-weard hnescost( 5 ), and utan-weard heardost ? Hweet )>u miht ge-seon hu }>8et treow byd: utan ge-scyrped ( 6 ), and be-wsefed( 7 ) niid Jjsere rinde wid: J>one winter, and wid: J>a stearc- an( 8 ) stormas, and eac wid: Jjsere sunnan heeto on sumera( 9 ), Hwa maeg J>aet he ne wundrige swylcra ge- sceafta lires Sceoppendes( 10 ), and huru( n ) ]>8es Sceopp- endes? And f>eah we his nu wundrien, hwylc ure iitaeg a-reccan( ic ) medem-lice ( 13 ) ures Sceoppendes willan, and an-weald, hu his ge-sceafta weaxad: and eft waniad:( 14 ) J>onne Jjaes tima( 15 ) cymd:, and of heora saede weordad eft ge-ed-niwade( 16 ), swylce hi Jjonne wurdon t& ed-sceafte ( 1T ) ? ( 1 ) Ut-a-springan (III. 1.) to spring, shoot out. ( 2 ) Leaf (II. l.)leaf; G. laub. ( 3 ) Blostm (II. 2.) blossom ; D. bloessem. ( 4 ) Blaed (II, 3.) fruit, branch ; G. blatt, D. blad lerf, blade. ( 5 ) Hnesc (I.) soft, tender, nesh. ( 6 ) Ge-scyrpan (I. 2.) to scarf, cover ; sceorp (II. 1.) scarf. ( 7 ) Be-waefan (I. 2.) to clothe ; waefels garment. ( 8 ) Stearc (I.) stark, strong, violent ; G. stark. ( 9 ; See p. 15. ( l ) Sceoppend or Scyppend (p. 5.) Creator ; scyppan to create ; G. schaffen, schbpfen, D. scheppen. ( ll ) At least, at all events. ( 12 ) Reckon, tell up. ( 13 ) Fitly, worthily ; medeme middling, moderate, meet. ( 14 ) Wanian to wane, from wana want. ( 15 ) The season for that. ( 16 ) See p. 42. ( r ) Ed-sceaft (II. 3.) new creation: as if they then became newly created. CHAPTEE IX. VERSE EXTRACTS. I. Narrative Verse. Anglo-Saxon Poetry is of various kinds, distinguished by rime, by alliteration, or by both ; the commonest however only, termed Narrative Verse, will be here de- scribed. Its chief characteristic is Alliteration^}, or the correspondence of the first letters of a certain num- ber of the most important words in each line of a couplet, two called sub-letters riming thus together in the first line, and answering to a third called the chief letter in the second. The first line has oftea but one sub-letter and never more than two ; the second never more than one chief letter. The length of the lines varies much, each however must contain at least two emphatic or root syllables, with one or more unemphatic, that is pre- fixes, terminations, &c. : few lines have less than four syllables, two emphatic, and two unemphatic, arid some ( ! ) Alliteration is found in the Latin poetry of the middle ages, some- times combined with line and final rime, and syllabic metre ; it was used more or less in England along with other kinds of rime till a late period, and is still usual in the Scandinavian tongues. The Vision of Piers Plouh- man (1350) is a long and regular specimen of English alliterative poetry, on the above rules. For a full account of the A. S. versification, see Rask's Grammar, pp. 136 68. 136 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. have as many as eight or nine^ or even more. For ex- ample (*) : Hu Zomp( 2 ) eow on How befell it you on your Zade ( 3 ) voyage Zeofa Beo-wulf, dear Beowulf, J?a J)u /seringa when thou suddenly /eor ge-hogodest far off determinedst saecce ( 4 ) secean warfare to seek ofer sealt waeter, over the salt water, Mde( 5 ) to #eorote( 6 )? battle at Heorot? Ac ]>u .Hrod-gare Hast thou then Hrothgar wict cuctne wean ( r ) against his known plague wihte ge-bettest( 8 ), ought booted, maerum Jjeodne ( 9 ) ? the famous prince ? Here the first couplet has in the first line two sub- letters, the I in Zomp and Zade, answering to the chief letter, the Z in Zeofa in the second. The third line has but one sub-letter, the f in /aeririga which rimes with (; Betfwulf, ed. Kemble 1. 396979. ( 2 ) Limpan (III. ].) to happen. ( 3 ) Ldu (III. 3.)li$an to travel, journey, chiefly by sea. ( 4 ) Saec (II. 3.) hence sack of a town. ( 5 ) Hild (II. 3.) battle, war. ( 6 ) The palace of Hr6tbgar prince of a Danish tribe. ( 7 ) Wea evil, misfortune. ( 8 ) Be"tan to profit, improve, do good to; b6t (II. 3.) 600*, profit. ( 9 ) Though quantity and number of 8yllables seem no essential part of A. S. versification, many lines will bear a more or less regular scanning ; thus most short lines consist either of two trochees, like the 2nd, 5tb, and llth above, or of a dactyl and spondee like the 10th : the 3rd, and 6th, also might be called imperfect adonics. EXTRACTS KARFATIVE VERSE. 137 that in /eor in the fourth. The third and fourth couplets have each two sub-letters like the first; the fourth again but one, wict being here not emphatic. The last line depends for its alliteration on the first of the next period ; the couplet joining two lines by allitera- tion only, is often thus broken by the sense. When the chief letter is a vowel or diphthong, the sub-letters must likewise be vowels or diphthongs, but need not be the same ; as, Z7'tan ymbe tf?ctelne Without round the noble cnglas stodon. angels stood. JBordan ce'ht-ge-streon, Earth's possessions, ffpplede gold. appled( x ) gold. In the first example the sub letters u and ce in the first line answer to the chief letter e in the second ; in the other eo, &', and ce rime together. When the chief letter is double, the sub letters are usually double likewise ; as, JVaegn /rom-lice ( 2 ) He asked prudently yruman and ende. the beginning and end. Scean scir( 3 ) werod, Shone the bright host, scyldas lixton. shields gleamed. The following prefixes and prepositions in composi- tion are not reckoned as part of th~ alliteration, which ( l ) Hence d-appled, as asphodel (0. affadil) h-,s become d-a/odil ; dap- pled-gray is 0. apple-gray, G. apfel-grau, D. appel-graauw : comp. F. gris- pvmmele* ( a ) From brave, pious urh his Then wrought he through w?is-dom , his wisdom tyn engla werod. ten legions of angels. To-sweop hine and to- He swept and dashed it swende away ])urh his swidan miht. through his strong might. py-la3S }>u for-^'eorde Lest thou perish mid Jjissum u-aer-logan ( 2 ) with these false ones. Se-})e aet-/eohtan . Who to fight /rum-garum ( 3 ) with the patriarchs ( ! ) R6n (II. 3.) a secret, mystery, letter, hieroglyph; here the hand' writing on the wall : hence to round, whisper ; G. raunen. ( 2 ) Waer-loga a breaker of faith ; hence war-lock : waer (II. 3.) a pro- mise, compact, loga a Iyer, from leogan to lye. ( 3 ) Gdr (II. 2.) a (missile) weapon, spear (=L. telum), chief; it forms part of many proper names , as Gdr-mund, Ead-gar Edgar, tyc. EXTRACTSNARRATIVE VERSE. 139 pa hie #ielp-sceadan( l ) Since them those braggart- rebels of-#ifen haefdon. had given up. Sid-]>an hie /eondum After they the foes oct-/aren haefdon. had escaped. Geond-/blen /yre Filled through with fire arid /aer-cyle( 2 ). and intense cold. TFylm ( 3 ) J)urh-w?6don ( 4 ) They the flame had passed through swa him w?iht ne sceod so that them no whit hurt- Big (bi), on, ofer, ymb, sometimes rime and some- times do not ; as, And Jegen ]>a ieornas And both the warriors J>e him big stodon. who stood by him. Big-5#andad me strange Stand by me strong com- ge-neatas( 5 ) rades }>a ne willad me aet J)am who will not fail me at stride ( 6 ) ge-swican. the strife. ( ! ) Gilp (II. 2.) boast ; sceafca enemy, robber, fyc. ( 2 ) Faer (II. 2.) stratagem; in composition it implies suddenness, danger, or the like ; faer-lic dangerous ; G. ge fahr danger, ge-fahr-lich dangerous. Cjrle II. 2. ; hence chill ; G. kiihle. ( 3 ) Wylm (II. 2.) heat, boiling (= L. astus) ; welan, weallan to boil ; G. wallen. (^) Wadan (II, 3.) to go ; L. vadere. ( 5 ) Ge-neat ; G. ge-noss, D. ge-noot. ( 6 ) StrfS (II. 2.) G. streit, D. strijd. 140 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. paet we pser eagum What we there with our on-16ciad. On-^ycgacl nu Aalige mihte. And purh ofer-metto sohton octer land. Uton ofer-Aycgan 'helm( l ) pone miclan. eyes look upon. Think now on the holy might. And through pride they sought another land. Let us despise the great Supreme. .Ebrdan ymb-hwyrft and wp-rodor( 2 ). .Heofon ymb-/>weorfest, and purh pine Aalige miht Earth's circuit and the upper sky. Thou compassest heaven, and through thy holy might And-, un-, ed-, in, to, &c. are deemed emphatic and therefore rime ; as, Him pa A dam and-swarode. Him then Adam answered. *7n-lytel eorctan ge-sceafta. No little part of earth's creatures. ( ! ) Helm is the top of anything j see p. 133, n. 13. 1 2 ) Rodor (II. 2.) heaven, sky. EXTRACTS NARRATIVE VERSE. Ne hi ed-cerres( 1 ) Nor they for return cefre moton wenan. ever could hope. Hsefde ]>a se ^deling Had then the noble m-ge-J>ancum( 2 ) fervently 141 Him jjaet facen weard: To him that a token was ]?3er he o-starode( 3 ). where he stared. II. Metres of Botthius(*). *#* The following is King Alfred's translation cf Boethius, Lib. III. metr. I. Se-J>e wille wyrcan He that will work waestm-ba';re lond, fruitful land, a-teo of J>am secere let him pluck off the field anrest son a first straightway fearn( 5 ), and J>ornas( 6 ), fern, and thorns, and fyrsas, swa-same( 7 ) and furzes, as also weeds, wood ( 8 ), (*) Cer, cyr (II. 2.) turn ; hence char a turn of work ; cyrran to turn, re-turn ; G. kehren. ( 2 ) Adverb formed from the dative plural ; see p. 70. Comp. G. ein- ge-denk mindful, thoughtful. ( 3 ) Starian ; G. starren, D. stanren. ( 4 ) Chiefly from the Rev. S. Fox's edition. ( 5 ) P. vearn, G. farn-kraut. ( 6 ) pnrn ; G. dorn. ( 7 ) Same is connected with our same. (*) Weod (11. 1.) D. wied. 142 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ])a f>e willad wel hwaer( 1 ) derian clgpnum hwsete, fy-laes he cicta-leas (*) liege on J>aem lande. Is leoda ( 3 ) ge-hwsem J>eos odru bysen efn be-hefe ( 4 ) ; )>aet is Jjaette J)inced( 5 ) J>egna ge-hwylcum huniges( 6 ) beo-bread healfe J>y swetre, gif he hwene( T ) eer huniges teare( 8 ), bitres on-byrgad:. Byct eac swa-same monna seg-hwylc micle J>y faegenra Mesp) wedres( 10 ), gif hine lytle ser stormas ge-stondad( n ), that will everywhere hurt the clean wheat, lest it germ-less lie on the land. Is to all people this other example even as needful; that is that seerneth to every man honey's bee-bread half the sweeter, if he a little ere the honey's drop, something bitter tasteth. Is eke in like wise every man much the gladder of fair weather, if him a little ere storms assail, C 1 ) Wel prefixed is intensive ; wel-oft very often, wel-hrafce very snon. ( 2 ) Ci$ shoot, growth of any kind ; hence kid, used either of a child or a young animal : comp. the uses of imp, scion, sprig, &c. ( 3 ) Le6de people, persons; G. leute, D. lieden. ( 4 ) Be-hofian to need, be-hove. (*) See Additions, &c. ( 6 ) G. honig. ( 7 ) Hwene, hwon a little, S. a wheen. ( 8 ) Tear (II. 2.) fear; G. zahre. ( 9 ) Lifce tender, mild, lithe ; G. linde : observe the n dropped and the vowel lengthened, and see p. 2, and Additions, &c. ( 10 ) Weder (II. 1.) G. wetter, D. weder. ( u j Observe the force of ge- ; see p. 64. EXTRACTS BOETHIUS. 143 and se stearca( 1 ) wind nordan and eastan. Nsenigum Jnihte dseg on ponce ( 2 ), gif seo dim me niht ser ofer eldum( 3 ) egesan( 4 ) ne brohte, Swa Jjincd anra ge-hwsem eord-buendra seo sode ge-sseld( 5 ) simle Jje betere, and J>y wynsumre, pe he wita ma, heardra hsenda( 6 ), her a-dre&ged ( T ) . pu meaht eac micle J>y ed on mod-sefan sod:e ge-sselda sweotolor ge-cnawan, and to heora cyd:d:e( 8 ) be-cuman sid:-])an, gif J)ii up-a-tyhst and the violent wind from north and east. To none would seem the day delightful, if the dim night before over men terror had not brought. So seemeth to every one of the earth-dwellers the true happiness ever the better, and the winsomer, as he more plagues, and hard afflictions, here suffereth. Thou mayst eke much the easier in thy mind true happinesses clearlier know, and to their country come afterwards, if thou pluckest up ( 1 ) Stearc stark, strong ; G. stark, D. sterk. ( 2 ) pone (J?anc) (II. 2.) thank ; G. dank : comp. L. gratia and gratus. ( 3 ) Eld, yld (II. 2.) man, human being. ( 4 ) Egesa = ege awe, dread. ( 5 ) II. 3. from sel, S
  • u a-wyrt-walast of ge-wit-locan (*) lease ge-seelda, swa-swa londes-ceorl ( 2 ) of his secere list( 3 ) yfel weod monig. Sid: pan ic ]>e secge paet ]>u sweotole meaht socte ge-sselda sona on-cnawan( 4 ) 5 and J>u sefre ne recst seniges Binges ofer pa ane, gif J)ii hi ealles on-gitst. first forthwith, and thou rootest out of thy understanding false happinesses^ as the husbandman off his field gathers many an evil weed. Afterwards I say to thee that thou clearly mayst true happinesses soon recognise, and thou never wilt reck for anyihing above them alone, if thou them quite under- standest. ( 1 ) (Ge-) wit (II. 1.) wit, loca/o/d, locker, place shut or locked up. ( 2 ) Ceorl man (free not noble) husband, churl; S. carl; G. kerl. ( 3 ) Lesan (II. 1.) to gather, pick; hence /ease, to glean. G. lesen to gather read ; comp. L. legere. ( 4 ) Comp. G. ei>kennen f 145 III. Ca gyt The earth was then yet grsese un-grene ; with grass not green ; ( ! ) From Mr. Thorpe's edition, more literally translated. ( 2 ) See p. 133. n. 13. ( 3 ) Rum wide, roomy. ( 4 ) G. frau (nobte) woman, lady is connected with frea. 146 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. gar-secg( 1 ) J>eahte, sweart( 2 ) sin-nihte, side( 3 ) and wide, wonne( 4 ) wegas. pa waes wuldor-torht heofon-weardes gast ofer holm( 5 ) boren miclum spedum ( 6 ) : Metod(7) engla heht, lifes Brytta( 8 ), leoht ford-cuman ofer rumne grand ( 9 ). Rade waes ge-fylled heah-cyninges hses; him waes halig leoht ofer westenne, swa se Wyrhta be-bead. pa ge-sundrode sigora( 10 ) Waldend ofer lago-flode leoht wict Jjeostrum ( X1 ), ocean covered, swart in eternal night, far and wide, the dusky ways. Then was the glory-bright heaven's Guardian's spirit over the deep born with great speed: the Creator of angels bade, life's Distributor, light come forth over the wide abyss. Quickly was fulfilled the high King's behest; for him was holy light over the waste, as the Maker commanded. Then sundered the Ruler of triumphs over the water-flood light from darkness, ( ! ) An obscure mythological word ; gar (II. 2.) weapon, secg man, warrior. ( 2 ) Black, swart, swarthy; G. schwarz, D. zwart. ( 3 ) Sid wide. ( 4 ) Won, wan wan, dark. ( 5 ) Holm means also an island in the sea ; Steep-/to/m, Born-fco/m, &c. ( 6 ) Spe"d (II. 3.) success, prosperity, speed; D. spoed. ( 7 ) From metan to mete, measure: He who "measured the waters, and meted out heaven." ( 8 ) Bryttian to distribute. ( 9 ) II. 2. ground, bottom, depth; G. grund. ( 10 ) Sigor (II. 2.) = sige victory. () pe6stru = J^stru. EXTRACTS CJEDMON. 147 sceadej 1 ) wid: sciman( 2 ); sceop J?a bam, naman, lifes Brytta. Leoht wses serest Jmrh Dryhtnes word daeg ge-nemned; wlite-beorhte ge-sceaft ! Wei licode Frean aet frymcte( 3 ) ford-bare ( 4 ) tid. shade from brightness; created then for both, names, life's Distributor. Light was first through the Lord's word day named ; beauty-bright creation ! Well pleased the Lord at the beginning the teeming time. Part of Book I. Canto XVI. pa to Euan God yrringa ( 5 ) sprsec : Wend( 6 ) ]je from wynne( 7 ); J)u scealt waepned-men wesan on ge-wealde; mid weres egsan hearde ge-nearwad( 8 ), hean, J>rowian(9) Jnnra daeda ge-dwild( 10 ) Then to Eve God angrily spake : Turn thee from joy ; thou shalt to man be in subjection ; with fear of thy husband hardly straitened, abject, suffer for thy deeds' error ( ! ) For sceadwe ; sceadu (-0) (II. 2.) G. schatte. r 2 ) Scima light, skimmer. ( 3 ) FrymS (II. 2.) ( 4 ) Lit. forth-bearing. ( 5 ) See p. 70 1 ; from yrre (II. 2.) ire, anger ; L. ira. ( 6 ) Wendan to turn, wend, go ; G. wenden. ( 7 ) Wyn (II. 3.) pleasure ; G. wonne. ( 8 ) Ge-nearwian, from nearu to make narrow , afflict, oppress. ( 9 ) Hence throe. ( 10 ) II. 3. dwelian to err. 148 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. deactes bidan ; and Jmrh wop( 1 ) and heaf, on woruld cennan( 2 ), Jwrh sar( 3 ) micel, sunu and dohtor. A-bead eac Adame ece Dryhten, lifes Leoht-fruma, lad: asrende ( 4 ) : pu scealt ccterne edel ( 5 ) secean, wyn-leasran wic, and on wraec( 6 ) hweorf- an(7), nacod ( 8 ), nied-waedla ( 9 ) , neorxna-wanges ( 10 ) dugeclum be-dceled : J>e is ge-dal witod( n ) lices( 12 ) and sawle. death abide ; and through weeping and moan, into the world bear, through much pain, son and daughter. Announced eke to Adam the eternal Lord, Author of life's light, the dire errand : Thou shalt another country seek, a joylesser dwelling, and into exile go, naked, a needy beggar, of Paradise's blessings deprived : to thee is a parting de- creed of body and soul. (*) II. 2. hence whoop. ( 2 ) I. 2. comp. ytj/ii/, L. genere ; hence to kindle. ( 3 ) II. 1. sore. ( 4 ) III, 1. from ar messejiger. ( 5 ) II. 2. native country, home. ( 6 ) II. 3. ( 7 ) III. 1. to (urn, return, go. ( 8 ) G. nackt. ( 9 ) Med = ne6d. ( l ) Neorxna-wang (II. 2.) a word of doubtful etymology; wang is pluin, field. ( n ) Witian to decide, decree ; hence witod-lice. ( 12 ) Lie (II. 1.) corpse, dead body; G. leich, D. lijk : hence /iWt-gate to a Churchyard, /i/ce-wake watching a corpse, \c. EXTRACTS C^EDMON, 149 Ilwset ! J>u lad-lice wrohte ( l ) on-stealdest ; for-J)6n Jm winnan( 2 ) sceait, and on eordan J>e jjine and-lifne( 3 ) selfa ge-raecan ( 4 ), wegan ( 5 ) swatig ( 6 ) hleor(?), J/mne hlaf etan, J>enden Jw her leofast, od-J>aet ]je to heortan hearde griped ( 8 ) adl(9) un-lide, e J)ii on aeple( 10 ) ser selfa for-swalge ( ia ) ; for-J)6n J>u sweltan sceait. Hwaet ! we nu ge-hyrad: Lo ! thou foully crime didst commit; therefore thou shalt la- bour, and on earth to thee thy livelihood thyself obtain, wear a sweaty face, thy bread eat, while thou here livest, until thee at heart hardly gripeth ungentle ailment, . which thou in the apple erst Myself swaliowedst down; therefore thou shalt die. Lo! we now hear (!) Wr6ht (15. 3.) ; wregan to accuse ; comp. L. crimen. ( 2 ) Winnan(III. 1.) to battle, struggle, toil, also to win; ge-winn la- bour, &c. ( 3 ) And-lifn II. 3, ( 4 ) I. 2. lit. reach; G. reichen, D. reiken. ( 3 ) II. 1. to wag, move, bear; hence waeg wey (weight}, waeg- wae 9 waegn wagon. ( 6 ) Swat (II. 2.) sweat ; G. schweiss, D. zweet. ( 7 ) II. 1. jaw, cheek ; hence countenance, coinpttuion, 0. lere. () Gripan (III. 2.) G. greifen, D. grijpen. ( 9 ; II. 3. ail, disease. ( 10 ) vEpl, aeppel (II. 2.) G. apfel, D. appel. I") For-swelgan (III. 1.) to devour; G. ver-schwelgen, o 2 150 AXGLO-SAXON GUIDE. where to us sorrow in wrath up-sprang and worldly misery. Them then glory's Keeper with weeds provided, our Creator, bade their shame hide, the Lord, with the first garment ; bade them depart from Paradise into a narrower life. Behind them locked up of comforts and joys the hopeful home, a holy angel, by his Lord's behest, with fiery sword. May not there guileful any journey, ( ! ) Hearm (II. 2.) grief \ harm, calamity ; G. harm. Stafas (plur. of stsef ) forms the second part of several poetical compounds ; as, ende-stafas end, ar-stafas honour, &c. ( 2 ) WraeS II. 3. ( 3 ) On-wacan (II. 3.) to awake, arise, be born. ( 4 ) III. 3. from earm poor. ( 5 ) Waed (III. 1.) weed, garment. ( 6 ) Sceamu (III. 3.) G. scham. ( 7 ) Last (II. 2.) footstep. () Be-lucan III. 3. ( 9 ) Hyht (II. 3.) hope. ( 10 ) Fyren of fire. ( u ) Inwit (II. 1.) deceit, treachery. hweer us hearm-stafas( 1 ) wraede( 2 ) on-wocon( 3 ), and woruld-yrmcto( 4 ). Hie pa wuldres Weard wsedum( 5 ) gyrede, Scyppend lisser, het heora sceome( 6 ) J>ecc- an, Frea, frum-hraegle ; het hie from-hweorfan neorxna-wange on nearore lif. Him on laste( 7 ) be-leac( 8 ) lictra and wynna hyht-fulne (9) ham, halig engel, be Frean haese, fyrene( 10 ) sweorde. Ne maeg ]>a3r inwit-ful( n ) ge-feran, EXTRACTS C^EDMON. 151 wom-scyldig ( l ) mon ; ac se weard hafad miht and strengdo( 2 ), se Jjaet meere lif dugedum( 3 ) deore, Dryhtne healded. No hwasdre JEl-mihtig ealra wolde Adam and Euan arna( 4 ) of-teon, Faader aet Frymde, peah he him from- swice ( 5 ) ; ac he him to fr&fre let hwaedre ford-wesan hyrstedne( 6 ) hrof(7) halgum tunglum( 8 ), and him grund-welan ( 9 ) ginne sealde; stain-guilty man; but the keeper hath might and strength, who that exalted life to the good dear, for the Lord holdeth. Not however the Al- mighty of all would Adam and Eve means deprive, the Father from the be- ginning, though he from them had withdrawn ; but he to them for solace let nevertheless continue forth the adorned roof with holy stars, and them earth-riches ample gave ; C 1 ) Worn (II. 2.) spot, defilement. ( 8 ) Strengfco (-u) (III. 3.) = strengS II. 3. ( 3 ) DuguS (II. 3.) virtue, benefit, nobility, chief men; from dugan. ( 4 ) A'r (II. 3.) honour, wealthy &c. ; nouns of this class sometimes have a simple or weak genitive plural. ( 5 ) Swican (III. 2.) to cease, depart from. ( 6 ) Hyrst (II. 3. ) ornament. ( 7 ) II. 2. D. roef. ( 8 ) Tungel(III. 1.) heavenly body. ( 9 ) Wela weal, wealth. 152 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE, het ])atn sin-hiwumt 1 ) sees and eordan tuddor teondra( e ), teohha( 3 ) ge-hwylces to woruld-nytte ( 4 ) weestmas fedan( 5 ). Ge-ssbton J>a aefter synne sorg-fulre land, eard and ectel un-spedigran ( 6 ) fremena( 7 ) ge-hwylcre J>onne se frum-stol ( 8 ) waes J>e hie sefter dsede of-a-drifen wurdon. bade the pairs of sea and earth producing offspring, of every substance to worldly use fruits bring forth. They occupied then after their sin a sorrowfuller land, a dwelling and home more barren of every good thing than the first seat was which they after that deed were driven from. (*) Sin-hfwa mate, partner. (*) Teon to draw, pro-duce, ( 3 ) Te6h (te6g) III. 1. stuff, material; G. zeug. ( 4 ) Nyt (II. 3.) G. nutz, D. nut. ( 5 ) Comp. L. fet-us, &c. ( 6 ) Spedig wealthy. ( 7 ) Freme (I. 3.) advantage, benefit. ( 8 ) St61 (II. 2.) G. stuhl, D. stoel j beuce*too/. 133 IV. Beowulf^). * # * The celebrated poem from which the following extracts are taken, relates the exploits of the hero Beo- wulf, King of the Weder-Geats or Angles, about the middle of the 5th century. The author is unknown, and no mention of Britain occurs ; the present text is supposed to date from the 7th century. Part of Canto V. ( 2 ) Street ( 3 ) waes stan-fah, The street was variegated with stones, stig( 4 ) wisode( 5 ) the path guided gumum aet-gaadere ; the men together ; guct-byrne ( 6 ) scan, the war-corslet shone, heard, hond-locen ( 7 ) ; hard, hand-locked ; hring-iren ( 8 ) scir the ring-iron bright song in searwum ( 9 ), sang in their trappings, J)a hie to sele( 10 ) furdum, when they to the hall for- ward, ( l ) From Mr. Kemble's edition ; the translation has been adapted to read line by line. ( 2 ) Line 637676. ( 3 ) II. 3. L. strata (via) G. strasse, D. straat. ( 4 ) II. 3. G. steig, hence stigan to go, mount. ( 5 ) Wisian to show, direct, governing the dative ; G. weisen. ( 6 ) Gu II. 3. ; byrne (I. 3.) O. birnie. ( 7 ) Clasped , closed by the hand. ( 8 ) Hring (II. 2.) G. ring : iren (isen) (III. 1.) G. eisen. The corslet was of ring or chain mail. ( 9 ) Searu (III. 1.) equipment, chiefly for war. ( 10 ) II. 2. L. aula, G. saal, F. salle. 154 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. in hyra gryre-geatwum ( 1 ), gangan cwomon. Setton sae-mede( 2 ) side scyldas, rondas ( 3 ) regn-hearde ( 4 ), wid J>aes recedes weal. Bugon J>a to bence, byrnan hringdon, gud-searo gumena; garas stodon sse-manna searo samod aet-gsedere, sesc-holt( 5 ) ufan grseg( 6 ) : waes se iren-J>reat wsepnum ge-wurdad. pa paar wlonc haeled( 7 ) oret-mecgas ( 8 ) sefter haeledum frsegn : Hwanon ferigead ge in their terrible harness, proceeded to go. The sea-weary men set their wide shields, their very hard bucklers, by the house wall. They turned then to a bench, their corslets laid in a ring, the war-trapping of men: their javelins stood sea-men's arms all together^ ash-wood above gray : the iron-crowd was by the weapons honoured. Then there a proud war- rior the sons of battle after the heroes asked: Whence bear ye ( f ) Gr$re(II. 2.) horror; comp. G. es grauet, O. it grews. Geatwe (ge-tawe) (I. 3.) = searu. ( 2 ) G. miide. ( 3 ) Rand (rond) edge (G. rand), shield. ( 4 ) Regen- is an intensive prefix. ( 5 ) ^Esc (II. 3.) G. esche ; holt (II. 1.) holt ; G. holz, D. hout. ( 6 ) G. grau. C) II. 2. G. held. ( 8 ) Mecg (maeg) fans-man, son, man, connected with mseg, and maga, and all with Mac-. EXTRACTS BEOWULF. 155 faette scyldas, graege syrcan( 1 ), and grim-helmas( 2 ), here-sceafta( 3 ) he&p? Ic eom Hrod-gares ar and om-biht ( 4 ) : lie seah ic el-])e6dige Jms manige men inodig-licran : wen( 5 ) is ]>8et ge for wlenco( 6 ), nalles for wraec-sldum ( 7 ) ac for hyge-Jjrymmum ( 8 ), Hrod-gar sohton. your thick shields, gray shirts, and visor-helms, your war-shafts' heap? I am Hrothgar's messenger and servant: never saw I foreign thus many men haughtier : I ween that ye for pride, not for exile but for magnanimity, have sought Hr&thg&r. Part of Canto XXII. (9) Beo-wulf madelode ( 10 ), Beowulf harangued, beam Ecg-])e6wes : son of Ecgthe&w : Ge-J>enc nu se msera Consider now thou the famous maga Healf-denes, son of Healfdene, ( ! ) Syrce (I. 3.) S. sark ; gray shirts of iron chain-mail. ( 2 ) Grime (II. 2.) mus/c, part of the helmet covering the face. ( 3 ) Sceaft (II. 2.) G. schaft. ( 4 ) Om- (am-) bihtu office ; G. amt. ( 5 ) (II. 3.) hope , expectation : wen is there is reason to suppose. ( 6 ) Wlenco (III. 3.) from wlanc proud. ( 7> > Wraec (II. 3.) exile, &c. si% journey. ( 8 ) Hyge (II. 2.) mind, hycgan (hogian) to think; \>rym (II. 2.) glory. ( 9 ) Line 2945-2998. ( 10 ) Meel (II. 1.) discourse, speech. 156 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. snottra( a ) fengel, nu ic eom sides fus, gold-wine ( 2 ) gumena, hwaet wit geo spracon; gif ic set Jjearfe J)inre sceolde aldre linnan, Jjset Jju me a ware ford-ge-witenum, on feeder stsele( 3 ). Waes J)(i mund-bora( 4 ) minum mago J>egnum, hond-ge-sellum ( 5 ), gif mec hild nime. Swylce Jm Jja madmas ( 6 ) ]?e J)u me sealdest, H rod-gar leofa, Hige-lace on-send: prudent chief, now I am ready to de- part, patron of men, what we two erst spake ; if I at thy need should from life cease, that thou to me ever wouldst be departed, in a father's stead. Be thou a protector to my kindred thanes, my near comrades, if me battle should take. Likewise do thou the treasures that thou gavest me, Hrothgar dear, to Higelac .send : C 1 ) Snotor prudent; definite form, se being understood. ( 2 ) Gold- implies splendour, munificence ; wine (II. 2.) friend forms part of many proper names : Trum-wine, Ead-wine, Edwin, &c. ( 3 ) Sta3l(Il. 2.) hence stall; G. stelle. ( 4 ) Mund (11. 3 ) protection , forming part of several proper names ; as O's-mund, Sigemund (G. Siegmund) Sigismund, &c. : bora (from beran) one who bears ; the second part of several compounds. ( 5 ) Lit. hand- comrades; ge-sel (II. 2.) G. ge-selle. ( 6 ) Mafcfcum, matSm / madm treasure, gift. EXTRACTS BEOWULF. 157 maeg ponne on J>am golde on-gitan Geata dryhten, ge-seon sunu Hredles J)onne he on Jjget sine starad, ]}set ic gum-cystum (^ godne funde beaga ( 2 ) bry ttan ; breac J>onne moste. And J)ii Hun-ferd laet ealde lafe ( 3 ), \vraet-lic ( 4 ) wseg-sweord ( 5 ), wid-cudne man, heard-ecg( 6 ) habban. Ic me mid Hruntinge ( 7 ) dom ge-wyrce, odtde mec dead nimed. /Efter J>8sm wordum may then by the gold understand the lord of the Geats, Hrethl's son see \vhen he at the treasure stareth, that I in his munificence found a good distributor of rings; JT enjoyed it while / might. And do thou let Hun- ferth the old bequest, the ornamented wave- sword, the wide-known man, the hard edged have. I me with Hrunting glory will work, or me death shall take. After those words ( 1 ) Cyst (II. 3.) choice, excellence, the best of a thing ; from ceosan. ( 2 ) Beab (II. 2.) ring; F. bague : from beogan, bugan to bow, bend. Rings whether for the arm (earm-beah ), or neck (heals-beah), were usual gifts from an A. S. or Scandinavian chief or prince to his followers. ( 3 ) Laf (II. 3.) leaving, relic, heir-loom, as swords often were. ( 4 ) Wraet embossed or carved ornament. ( 5 ) Waeg (II. 3.) wave ; G. woge, F. vague : adorned with wavy lines as blades still are. ( 6 ) Eca to fl&de fela modigra haeg-stealdra ( 5 ), hring-net( 6 ) bseron, locene leodo-syrcan( 8 ). Land-weard on-fand eft-sld: eorla, swa he eer dyde ; no he mid heanne of hlides( 8 ) nosan(9) gaestas ne grette, ac him to-geanes rad ; Came then to the flood many proud bachelors, who ring-nets bore, locked limb-shirts. The land-guard found ouf; the return of the warriors, as he ere had done; not with insult did he from the cape's point the guests greet, but to meet them rode: (') Ellen (II. 1.) courage , valour. ( 2 ) Rinc (II. 2.) man, warrior. ( 3 ) Line 37723835. ( 4 ) Fela usually governs a genitive plural, while the verb often stands in the singular. ( 5 ) Hajg-steald (II. 2.) G, hage-stolz ; the genitive plural in -ra seems to show that this word was originally a participle past ; and " haeg-steald mon" occurs. ( 6 ) Another allusion to the rings of their mail. ( 7 ) Li, leofc (III. 1.) G. ghed, D.lid. ( 9 ) Hlifc (II. 1.) lid, covering, cliff. ( 9 ) Nose I. 3. EXTRACTS BEOWULF. 159 cwaed ])Get wil-cuman Wedera leodum, scalcas^) on scir-hame ( 2 ) to scipe foron. pa waes on sande sse-geap naca( 3 ) hladen here-wsedum, hringed sterna ( 4 ), in serum and madmum ; rasest hlifade ofer Hrod-gares hord-ge-streonum( 5 ) : he Jjaem bat-wearde ( 6 ) bunden golde swurd ge-sealde, Jjset he sid-J)an waes on meodu-bence ( 7 ) madma ]>y weordre, yrfe-lafe. Ge-wat him on nacan quoth that welcome to the people of the Wed- ers, men in bright mail to their ship went. There was on the sand the sea-curved bark laden with war-weeds 3 the ringed vessel, with horses and gifts ; the mast lifted itself over HrothgaYs hoarded treasures: he to the boat -ward bound with gold a sword gave, so that he afterwards was on the mead-bench for the gifts the worthier, the heir-loom. He departed in the ship (*) Scealc, scale man, servant &c. : G. schalk rogue. Mearh-scealc officer fyc. having the care of the horses (mearh horse) ; honce mar-shal. ( 2 ) Ham (hama) covering, here armour. ( 3 ) Comp. G. nachen, F. nacelle. ( 4 ) Stefn (stemn) (II. 2.) stem, prow; stefna ship having astern: ship with the stem adorned with rings. ( 5 ) Herd (II. 2.) hoard, treasure; ge-streon (II. 3.) acquisition, weatih &c. ; streonan, strynan to acquire, get } beget ; hence strain, breed. ( 6 ) Bat (II. l.)G. boot. ( 7 ) Meodo, medo (-u) (III. 2.) G. meth, D. meede. 1G0 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. drefan deop waeter; Deiia land of-geaf: Jja waes be maeste mere-hraegla sum, seglf 1 ) sale-fsest( 2 ); sund-wudu( 3 ) Jwnede ( 4 ) ; no Jjaer wseg-flotan ( 5 ) wind ofer ydum sides ge-tweefde ( 6 ) ; S3e-genga for, fleat famig-heals( 7 ) ford: ofer yde, bunden( 8 ) stefna ofer brim-streamas, J^t hie Geata clifu(9) on-gitan meahton, cude na3ssas( 10 ). to urge the deep water ; the Danes* land he left: there was by the mast a certain sea-vest, a sail fast by a rope ; the sea-wood thundered; not there the wave-floater did the wind over the billows from its course hinder; the sea-goer went, floated the foamy-necked forth over the wave, the bounden ship over the ocean-streams, so that they the Geats' cliffs could make out, the known headlands. () Segel (II. 2.) G. segel. ( 2 ) Sal (II. 2.) string, &c. G. seil ; hence szelan below to bind, make fast. ( 3 ) From sund, comes sound (strait) G. sund. ( 4 ) punian ; comp. L. tonae ; j?unor (II. 2.) thunder ; L. tonitru, G. dormer, D. donder. Hence por TVtor, the thunderer, (Jupiter) Tonans. ( 5 ) Flota floater, ship, sailor; from fleo tan (III. 3.) to float, fleet ; F. flotter. ( 6 ) Ge-twaefan to divide, &c. ; from twa. ( 7 ) Heals (II. 2.) neck; G hals. ( 8 ) With ornaments bound or wound round the prow, ( 9 j Clif (III. 1.) rock, cliff; L. clivus, G. klippe, D. klip. ( 10 ) N&snose, promontory; L. nasus, G. nasc : hence -ness in Dunge- neas and the like. EXTRACTS BEOWULF. 161 lp-ge-sprang lyft-ge-swenced ( 2 ), on lande stod. Hrade wses aet holme hyd>wear(J( 3 ) geara, se-Jje ser lange tid leofra manna, fus set farode, fser wlatode : ssslde to sande sid-faedme ( 4 ) scip oncer-bendum ( 5 ) faast, jjy-laes hine yd-J>rym, wudu wynsuman, for-wrecan ( 6 ) meahte. The ship up-sprang air-compelled, on the land stood. Quickly was at the sea the shore-guard ready, who long time ere the dear men's, ready at the strand, journey had watched: he tied to the sand the wide-bosomed ship with anchor-bands fast, lest it the force of the waves, the winsome wood, might damage. (*) Ceol (II. 2.) keel, vessel (== L. carina) G. kiel : vessels called keels are still in use on the H umber. ( 2 ) Lyft (II. 3.) G. luft, O. lift ; swencan to drive, urge. ( 3 ) Hy$ (II. 3.) haven, &c. ; hence -hythe in Queen-/? ythe, &c. ( 4 ) Fajfcm II. 2. ( 5 ) Oncer, ancer (II. 2.) G. anker. ( 6 ) For-wrecan (II. 1.) to banish, injure, &c. hence to wreck. p 2 102 APPENDIX. 1. Words spelt alike, but differing in accent, pro-' nunciation, and meaning. *^* This list, in addition to what is stated at p. 2 5 will prove the great importance of attention to the quan- tity of A. S. vowels, if only as a mean of distinguishing words otherwise of the same aspect, but in truth differ- ing in every respect but spelling. Other spellings, by which some of the words may be further known from each other, are given between brackets. Ac (ah) but. ac (II. 3.) oak ; G. eiche, D. eik. a-gan a-gone, a-go. agan (anom.) to own, possess, have. a-gen (*) (a-(on-)gean) a-gain, a-gainst ; G. gegen, IX te-gen. agen own ; G. and D. eigen. an (on) on, in ; cv, L. in, G. an, D. aan ( 2 ), an (ann) (7) grant, from unrian. ( 1 ) P. agen or ag'm. ( 2 ) The Dutch sometimes, as here, has lengthened a short vowel ; on the whole however it will perhaps be found as safe a guide to the A. S. quantity as any modern language can be. In D. a double vowel or diph- thong, in G. a diphthong, a vofvel with h before or after it, or a double vowel, in general answers to an A. S. long vowel. APPENDIX LIST I. 1G3 an one, a ; G. ein, D. een : L. un-us, acO). ar (II. 2.) messenger. ar (II. 3.) honour ; G. ehre, D. eer. aras ; plur. of ar. a-ras a-rose, from a-nsan. sedre instantly, forthwith. sedre (I. 3.) vein ; G. and D. ader. eel (II. 2.) awl; G. ahl, D. els. sel (II. 2.) eel; G. and D. aal. ban (ge-bann) (II. 2.) Ian, edict; G. bann, D. ban. ban (II. 1.) bone; G. bein, D. bjen. baer (II.) bare ; G. bar. baer (I) bare ; G. (ge-)bar. beer (II. 3.) bier ; G. bahre, D. baar. ben (benn) (II. 3.) wound. ben (II. 3.) prayer. blsed (II. 2.) fruit; G. blatt, D. blad (leaf, blade.) bleed (II. 3.) blast ; G. blasen. brid (bridd) (II. 2.) (young) bird. brid (bryd) (II. 3.) bride; G. braut, D. brijd. bude; 2nd pers. imperf. of beodan to bid. bude; imperf. of buan to cultivate, &c. G. baute. cneow (III. 1.) knee; G. and D. knie. cneow (I) knew. coc (cocc) (II. 2.) cock. coc (II. 2.) cook. feol( 2 ) (feoll) (I) fell; G. fiel. ( 1 ) Here and often else, the v has evidently been dropped before O. fore ; 2nd pers. imperf, of faran. ful (full) (II. L) cup. ful (full) full; G. voll, D.vol. ful foul; G. faul, D. vuil. fyl (fyll) (II. ^felling, slaughter. fyl (fyll) (II. 3.) fill, glut; G. fulle. f^l (feol) (II. 3.) file; G. feile, D. vijl. fyr further. fyr (II. 1.) fire; G. feuer, D. vuur: irvp. geat (III. 1.) gate; D. gat hole, opening. geat ; imperf. of geotan to pour ; G. goss, D. goot. geoc (II. 1.) yoke; G.joch, D. juk, L. jugum, %vyov* geoc (II. 3.) consolation. geong young ; G. Jung, D. Jong, geong ; imperf. of gan ; G. gieng. God (II. 2.) God; G. Gott, D. God. god good ; G. gut, D. goed. heaf (III. 1.) ocean, deep ; G. haf-en, D. hav-en hav-cn, F. hav-re. heaf (heof) (II. 2.) grief. () D. v is^f. APPENDIX LIST I. 165 ham ham ; D. ham. ham (hama) (II. 2.) covering , skin. ham( a ) (II. 2.) home, dwelling ; G. heim, D. heem. hama (homa, ham) ; see above, hama grasshopper. hig (II. 1.) hay; G. heu. hig hey ! oh ! hig (hi) they : o! 9 L. ei, ii. . hof (II. 2.) court, dwelling ; G. and D. hof. hof (I) hove; G. hub, D. hief. h waste eager, brave. hwsete (II. 2 ) wheat ; G. weizen, D. weit. hyrde (II. 2.) herd; G. hirt. hyrde (I) heard ; G. hb'rte. hyre (hire) her ; G. ihr. hyre (heore) gentle, mild; G. (un-ge-)heuer. is is ; G. ist, D. is : lor*, L. est. is (II. 1.) ice ; G, eis, D, ijs. lam lame ; G. lahm, D. lam. lam (II. 2.) loam ; G. lehm, D. leem. leod (lid) (III. 1.) limb ; G. glied, D. lid. leod (II. 1.) te/, song ; G, and D. lied, lim (III. 1.) limb. lim (II. 2.) lime, s-lime( z ) ; G. (sch-)leim, D. (s-)lijm. man (mann) (III. 2.) man; G. mann, D. man. man (II. 1.) sin, crime; comp. G.mein-eid, D. mijn-eed perjury, and our wzaw-sworn. Hence ham-let, and ham (hamp-) in local names ; comp. G.Blind- heim, D. Gorinc-tom &c. (?) See p. 105, n. 9. h 166 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. maest (II. 2.) mast ; G. mast. mgest most ; G. meist, D. meest. men (menn) men ; G. manner. men necklace, &c. L. mon-ile, metan (II. 1.) to mete, measure ; G. messen, D. meeten. metan (I. 2.) to paint. metan (I. 2.) to meet ; D. moeten. ne not, O. ne ; L. and F. ne. ne (for ne-ge) nor ; L. nee, G. noch, F. ni. nict (II. 2.) man, warrior. met (II. 2.) envy, malice ; G. neid. ssed sated, hence sad ; G. salt: comp. L. sat-is enough. ssed (ge-sa3d, -ssegd) said; G. ge-sagt. ssed (II. 1.) seed; G. saat, D. zaad(*). sael (sel, sal, sele) hall; G. saal, F. salle : aiA??. ssel (II. 2.) time. sael (&el) good, excellent. spraec (/) spake ; G. sprach, D. sprak. sprsec (II. 3.) speech ; G. sprache, D. spraak. syn (synn) (II. 3.) sin; G. siinde, D* zonde, syn (seon) (II. 3.) sight. syn (sin) his> &c. ; G. sein, D. zijn. to- (prefix) G. zer-( 2 ). to to ; G. zu, D. te, toe, tot. to too ; G. zu, D. te. tol (toll) (IJ. 1.) toll; G. zoll, D. tol. tol (II. 1.) tool. uton let us ; L. utin-am ? () D. z often answers to A. S., E. and G. s. ( 2 ) G. z (= ts) answers to A. S., E., and D. t. APPENDIX LIST II. 107 uton without; G. aussen, D. b-uiten. \v0eg (II. 3.) disk 9 wey, weight, balance ; G. wage, D. waag. wseg (II. 2.) wave; G. woge, F. vague, wende (/) turned, went; G. wandte> D. wende. wende (/) weened ; G. w'ahnte, D. waande. werig spiteful. werig weary, westari from the west. westan (I. 2.) to waste, ravage ; G. ver-wiisten. win (ge-winn) (II, 2.) war, labour, gain ; G. ge-winn. win (wyn) (II. 3.) pleasure ; G. worme. win (II. 1.) wine ; G. wein, D. wijn : oiv-oe, L. vm-um. fa the frc. ; G. die, D. de : ra. J>a then, when ; G. da. J>ara (far, Jjser) there ; G. dar. para (psera) of the Sfc. ; G. der. II. Words spelt and accented alike, but differing in meaning. 1 Aldor (ealdor) ( l ) (II. 2.) chief, prince; hence alder-man. aldor (ealdor) (II. 2.) life. sr (II. 1.) brass; G. eher, erz, L. ses, ser-is, jr ere ; G. eher, D. eer. set (II. 2.) food, eating. aet (/) ate ; G. ass, D. at. sgt at ; L. ad, (*) The A. S. has a tendency to insert e ( i/) before a : hence the fre- quent modern pronunciation of kyart for cart and the like. 168 . ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. bat (II. 1.) boat; G. boot. bat (/) lit ; G. biss, D. beet. beah (II. 2.) ring ; F. bague. beah ; imperf. of biigan to bow, bend; G. bieg, D. boog. beo (I. 3.) bee; G. biene, D. bij. beo (7) be; G. bin, D. ben. beon bees. beon to be. bere (II. 2.) bere, bar-ley. be re (/) bear. b.il (II. 1.) bill,faukkion; G. beil, D. bijl. bil fo7/, Z>ea&. blac joafe, bleak, hence black; G. bleich, D. bleek. blac; imperf. of blican to shine, blink; G. blinken. hoc (HI. 3.) book; G. buch, D. boek. b6c ; imperf. of bacan to bake ; D. biek. byre (II. 2.) son, child. byre (II. 2.) event, time. byrne (I. 3.) corslet, O. birnie. birne (/) burn (neut.) G. brenne. cin (cinn) (II. 1.) chin, G. kinn. cin (cynn) (II. 1.) kin 9 race. cyst (cist) (II. 3.) chest; P. kist, G. kiste, D. Icist. cyst (II. 3.) choice ; D. keus. cyst; 3rd pers. pres. of cyssan to kiss; G. kiisst. deor (II. 1.) animal, deer ; G. thier, D. dier. deor (dyr) dear ; G. theuer, D. duur. ealdor ; see aldor above. earm (II. 2.) arm; G. arm, L. arm-us. carin poor ; G. arm. APPENDIX LIST II. 139 ece (II. 2.) ache. ece eternal. fab hostile; hence foe. fab variegated^ stained, discoloured. faer (II. 2.) stratagem. faer (II. 3.) carriage, going ; hence fare. faesten (III. 1.) fastness ; G. feste. faesten (II. I.) fast; G. fasten. faet (III. 1.) vat, fat; L, vas, G. fass, D. vat. fast fat; G. fett, D. vet. from (fromm) bold, pious ; G. fromm. from (fmm)Jrom. fyllan (II. 2.) to fill; G. fallen, D. vullep. fyllan (II. 2.) to fell; G. fallen, D. vellen. fyrst (first) (II. 3.) period, space of time ; G. frist. fyrst (fyrmest) first, chief; G. furst. geye; D.'gij. ge both &fc. git if, O.gif; G. ob. . gif give ; G. gieb. git (gy^ g et > iet ) y Qi - git (gyt) ye, two. healt halt, lame. healt (hylt, healded) holdeth. hran (hron) (II. 2.) whale. hran ; imperf. of hrinan to touch. hund (II. 2.) hound, dog ; G. hund, U. bond, hund (II. 1.) hundred ^c. ; D. bond, hylt (hilt) (II. 1.) hilt. hylt = healt, healded ; (see above) G. halt. Q 170 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. hyrst( 1 ) (II. 2.) forest. hyrst (II. 3.) ornament. in (inn) (II. 1.) dwelling, inn. in (on) in ; tv, G. and L. in. leaf (II. 1.) leaf; G. laub, D. loot leaf (II. 2.) leave; G. ur-laub, D. ver-lof( 2 ). lean (II. 1.) reward; G. lohn, D. loon. lean (II. 3.) to reproach, blame. leas false, loose; G. loos, L. lax-us. leas ; imperf. of leosan to lose. list (lyst, lust) (II. 2.) lust, desire, pleasure ; G. lust. list (II. 3.) craft; G. list. lid (leod) (III. 1.) limb; G. glied, D. lid. \Afleet, navy. lid: (Hcged) (he) lietk ; G. liegt. maeg (II. 2.) son, kin's-man; D. maag. maBg (/) may ; G. and D. mag. maegd (II. 3.) maid; G. magd, maid, D. meid. msegd (II. 3.) tribe, kindred, generation. msel (II. 3.) time fyc. G. mahl, D. maal. msel (III. 1.) spot; G. mahl, D. maal. mal picture, image. ineenan (I. 2.) to mean; G. meinen, D. meenen. msenan (I. 2.) to moan. mearh (mear) ( 3 ) (II. 2.) horse. mearh (mearg) (II. 3.) marrow ; G. mark, D. merg. ( ! ) Hence Hurst, Lynd-Tmrst &c. ; comp .G. Delmen-horst &c. ( 2 ) Hence fur-lough; or there may have been an A. S, for-leaf. ( 3 ) There are traces of the E. masc. mare in local names and old sayings ; ni^ht-mtfre and G. nacht-mafor are properly masc answering to L. incubus, iucubo ', G. miihre mare, answers to A. S. myre, D. merrie. APPENDIX LIST IT. 171 m6t (ge-mot) (II. I.) mote, meeting. mot (/ ) must 9 may ; G. muss, D. moet. iiaes (nose) (II, 2.) nose, ness, headland; G. nase, D. neus, L. nas-us. naes (ne waes) was not. naes (nas) not. neat (II. 1.) neat, nout, ox. neat ; imperf. of neotan to use. nest (II. 1.) nest; G. nest, nest (nist, nyst) (II. 3.) food, provision. ofer (ufor) (II. 2.) shore, bank; G. ufer, D. oever. ofer over ; virtp, L. super, G. uber, D. over, odtfe or, O. other; G. oder, L. aut. odde (for od-J)8et) until. rsedan (I. 2.) to read, guess ; G. er-rathen, D. raaden rsedan (I. 2.) to rede, advise; G. rathen, D. raaden. rice (III. 1.) realm, empire; G. reich, D. rijk. rice powerful, rich ; G. reich, D. rijk. saec (II. 2.) sack; o-aicicoc, L. saccus, G. sack, D. zak. ssec (II. 3.) war, battle. sael (II. 2.) time, occasion. ssel (sel) good. sceaft (II. 2.) shaft, spear ; G. schaft. sceaft (ge-sceaft) (II. 3.) creature, creation. scir (II. 3.) shire, division. scir bright, clear, sheer ; G. schier. scyld (scild) (II. 2.) shield; G. schihL scyld (II. 3.) debt frc. ; G. schuld. segen (II. 2.) sign, ensign; L. signum. segen (II. 3.) saw, saying ; G. sage. 172 ANGLO-SAXON GUI Dili, seld (II. 1.) seat, throne. seld (seldan) seldom; G. selten, D. zelden. seo sight, pupil of the eye. se6 she ; G. sie, D. zij : fi, L. ea. side (I. 3.) side; G. seite, D. zijde. side (L 3.) silk ; G. seide, D. zijde, side widely. sid: (II. 2.) time, journey Sfc* sid: late. sid since, O. sith ; G. seit. siege (slecge) (II. 2.) sledge (hammer). siege (III. 1.) slaying. span (II. 3.) span; G. spanne, D. span. span (/) span ; G. spann. stefn (II. 2.) stem, prow ; G. steven, D. steeven. stefn (stemn) (II. 3.) voice ; G stimme, D. stem. stician to stick, stab ; G. stechen 1 ^ . _, f D. steeken. stician to stick, cleave ; G. steeken J treowe( 1 ) (try we) true, faithful ; G. treu, D. trouw. treowe (trywe, tre&wd) (I. 3.) truth, troth, faith ; G. treue, D. trouw. tyn (tin) (II. 1.) tin; G. zinn, D. tin, L. s-tannum. tyn (tyne) ( 2 ) ten; G. zehn, D. tien. wan (won) dark, dusky ; hence wan. ( J ) Treowe (adj.) and treowe or tre6wfc (noun) with the G. and D. synonyms, never have the modern sense of our true, truth, L. verus, veri- tas, G. wahr, wahrheit, D. waar, waarheid ; these are in A. S. so$ and s6$-faestnis : sofc-faest (used chiefly of persons) conveys both notions, as also that of justice, veracity " honest and true." It need hardly be added that anyhow Truth is neither in word nor in deed "that which one trmoeth." ( 2 ) Tyne sems rarely used except absolutely ; see p. 34. APPENDIX LIST II. 173 wan (wann) (7) iron; G. ge-wann. weal^) (wealh, wala) (II. 2.) Gael, Celt, stranger, one not of Gothic race. weal (weall) (II. 2.) wall; G. wall, weard (II. 2.) ward-en, guard-ian, keeper. weard (II. 3.) ward, guard, keeping. wel (well, wyll) (II. 3.) well, spring ; G. quelle, D. wel. wel well ; G. wohl, D, wel. weorete (wyrde) worth, worthy ; G. werth, wiirdig. weorcte (wurcte) from weordan ; G werde, D. worde. wit (ge-witt) III. 1. wit, sense; G. witz. wit (wyt) we two. witan (anom.) to know ; O. wit, wis, wot ; G. wissen, D. weeten. witan ( 2 ) to punish, blame ; O. wite, D. wijten. wod wood, mad. wod imperf. of wadan to go, wade ; L. vadere, wrad (II. 3.) wreath. wract wroth. wyllan (welan, weallan) (II 2.) to boil ; G. wallen. wyllan (willan) to will; G. wollen, L. velle. fane (II. 2.) thank; G. dank. J>anc (ge-J>anc) (II. 2.) thought ; G. ge-danke, D. ge- dagte. ]?e that, which. \>e or. J>e than. ( ! ) Hence Wal-es, Corn-wall, PTaZZ-oon, wal-nut (P. ivelsh-nut) G. wall- nuss (w'dlsche-nuss) wall-fahrt foreign journey, pilgrimage &c. See p. 118 n. 3. ( 2 ) From aet>witan, ed-witan comes t-tit. 174 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. f>e thee ; Dor. rt, L. te, G. dich. J>eah though ; G. doch. J>eah (J>ah) imperf. of J>eon to thrive ; G . ge-dieg. III. Other words likely to be confounded by learners. JEl- for eal ; as sel-mihtig almighty. sel- (el-) ; as, ael-J)e6dig foreign. beran (II. I.) to bear. berian (*) to bare. birrian ( 2 ) (byrnan) (III. 1.) to burn, (neut.) G. brennen. baernan (bernan) (I. 2.) to burn, (acr ) G. brennen. bugan (beogan) (111.3.) tobow, bend, (neut.) G.biegen, D. buigen. bigan (I. 2.) to bow, bend, (act.) bugian (= buan) to inhabit fyc. cleofan (clufan) (III. 8.) to cleave, split ; G.klieben, D. klieven, klooven. clifian to cleave, stick ; G. kleben, D. kleeven. cunnan (anom.) to know, be able. cunnian to try, tempt, attempt. ( ! ) The conjugation of verbs in -ian is not marked here or in the later notes above, as they can only be I. 1. ( 2 ) Here and in the other instances below the neuter verb is complex, conj. II. or III., while the active is simple, conj. I., usually I. 2. ; the latter is commonly formed from the imperf. of the former; as, birne, barn; bavnan, and the like: the E., G.. and D. synonyms on the whole answer closely to the A. S. Fall forfeit, lay for lie, set for sit are as wrong as drink for drench, or drench for drink would be. Comp. L. pendere to hang,(neut.) pendere to hang (act.) &c. APPENDIX LIST III. 175 cwelan (II. I.) to die, perish; hence quail. cwellan (I. 3.) to quell, kill; G. qualen to vex &c. denn (II. 1.) den. derm (III. 3.) vale, dean. drincan (III. 1.) to drink; G. trinken, D. drinken. drencm (I. 2.) to drench, drown (act.) ; G. tranken,D. drenken. a-drincan (III. 1.) to drown (neut.) ; G. er-trinken, D. ver-drinken. faran (II. 2.)1 , /. ^ f , -r, >to go, fare; (jr. tahren. D. vaaren. feran (I. 2.) J ferian to convey, carry, also go ; G. fiihren, D. voeren. feallan (II. 2.) to fall; G. fallen, D. vallen. fyllan (I. 2.) to fell ; G. fallen, D. vellen. fleogan (fleon) (III. 3.) to flee, fly. fligan (a-fligan) (I. 2.) to put to flight. fulian to rot, grow foul; G. ver-faulen. fullian to 'baptise. greetan (greotan) (I. 2.) to greet, weep ; D. krijten. gretan (I. 2.) to greet, salute; G. griissen, D. groeten. h vn^ian to hang (neut.) ; G. hangen. h.uigan (hon) (II. 2.) to hang (act.) ; G. hangen. hfitan (II. 2.) to command, call; G. heissen, D. heeten. hatian to hate ; G. hassen, D. haaten. haebban (habban) to have; G. haben, D. hebben. hebban (II. 3.) to heave ; G. heben, D. heffen. heort (heorot) (II. 2.) hart; G. hirsch, D. hert. heorte (I. 3.) heart ; G. herz, D. hart. hlast (last) (II. 3.) foot-step. hiaest (II. I.) last, load; G. last. 176 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. hnigan (III. 2.) to stoop; D. nijgen, G. neigen (act.) hnsegan (I. 2.) to make stoop. hrim rime, frost. rim (IT. 2.) rime, number ; G. reim, D. rijm. hyran (I. 2.) to hear ; G. horen, D. hooren. hyrian to hire ; G. heuern, D. huuren. herian to praise. hergian to harry, ravage ; G ver-heeren. inc you two. incaC 1 ) ill-will irnan (yrnan) (III. 1.) to run ; G. rinnen, D. rennen, aernan (ernan) (I. 2.) to let run. lag (II. 3.) law ; L. lex, leg-is. lagu (III. 3 ) water ; comp. L. lae-us, G. lache lake &c. lean (II. 2.) reward ; G. lohn, D. loon. Isen (II. 1.) loan ; G. lehen. leom (lim) (III. 1.) limb. leoma light ; L. lum-en. leosan (III. 3.) to lose; G. ver-lieren, D. ver-liezen. losian to be lost, escape from, perish. lysan (a-lysan) (I. 2.) to loose, re-lease, re-deem; G. er- losen. letan (lettan) (I. 2.) to let, hinder. laetan (II. 2.) to let, leave; G. lassen^ D. laaten. liccian to lick; Xaxav, L.lingere, G. lecken, D. lekken. lician to please, like. licgan (II. 1.) to lie ; G. liegen, D. liggen. lecgan (L 3.) to lay ; G. legen, D. leggen. ( J ) The declension of nouns in -a here, and in the laternotes to the Ex- tracts, is not marked, as they can be only 1. 1. APPENDIX LIST III. 177 be-lifan (III. 2.) to remain; G. b-leiben, D. b-lijven, laefan (I. 2.) to leave, make remain. a lyfan (lyfan) (1.2.) to al-low ; G. er-lauben, F. al- louer. ge-lyfan (I. 2.) to be-lieve ; G. g-lauben, D. ge-looven. Man (III. 2.) to go, voyage. Isedan (I. 2.) to lead, make go ; G. leiten, D. leiden. locc (II. 2.) lock (of hair frc.) ; D. lok. loca locker, fold, place locked or shut up. locu (III. 2.) lock, fastening ; also locker &c. lutian to lurk ; L. lat-ere. lutan (Ie6tan) (III. 3.) to lout, low. msed (II. 1.) math, mead ; G. mahd, matte, med (II. 3.) meed, reward. medo (-u, meodo) (III. 2.) mead; G. meth, D. meede. mseg (msecg, mecg) (II. 2. plur. magas) son, kin's-man. msBff (II. 2. plur. msegas) > 7 . ^ ' }kin's-man; D. maag. maga (plur. magan) > maege (I. 3.) kin's-woman. metan^ , >bee I. above, metan > tnaetan (I. 2.) to paint. mud (II. 2.) mouth (of an animal) ; G. mund, D. mond. miieta mouth (of a river) ; G. miind-ung. a-risan (III. 2.) to a-rise ; D. rijzen. a-rseran (I. 2.) to rear. sawan (II. 2.) to sow ; G. sahen, D. zaaijen. seowian (sywian) to sew. 173 A.;GLO-SAXON GUIDE. sincan (III. 1.) to sink (neut.); G. sinken, D. zinken. sencan (I. 2.) to sink (act.) ; G. senken, D. zenken. sittan (II. 1.) to sit ; G. sitzen, D. zitten. settan (I. 2.) to set ; G. setzen^ D. zetten. sigan (III. 2.) to sink, fall down. saegan (I. 2.) to throw down, subdue. springan (III. 1.) to spring, burst (neut.) ; G. springen. sprengan (I. 2.) to spring, burst (act.); G. sprengen. (*) swefan (II. 1.) to sleep. swebban to put to sleep. swefnian to dream. swincan (III. 1.) to labour ; O. swink. swencan (I. 2.) to make labour, oppress. swindan (III. 1.) to vanish ; G. schwinden. swendan (I. 2.) to make vanish, dissipate; G. ver- schwenden. treow (III. 1.) tree. treowe (try we) true, truth ; see II. above. wacan (II. 3.) (wacian) to wake, watch (neut.) ; G. wachen, D. waaken. weccan (I. 2.) to wake (act.); G. weckeri, D. wekken. weder (II. 1.) weather ; G. wetter, D. weder. weder (II. 2.) wether ; G. widder. wic (II. 1.) dwelling ; OIK-DC: see p. 103, n. 12. wicg (II. 1.) horse. wig (II. 2.) war. windan (III. 1.) to wind, turn (neut.) ; G. and D. winden. wendan (I. 3.) to turn (act.), wend, go; G. and D. wenden. (') To spring (a mine), blow up or open. APPENDIX LIST III. 179 wise (I. 3.) wise, manner ; G. weise, D. wijze. wisa wise man, guide ; G. weiser, D. wijzer. witan (anom.) to know &c. ; see I. above, ge-witan to depart. witian to decide. wite (III. 1 .) punishment ; O. wite. wita counsellor ; hence witena ge-mot parliament. wraed wrath, anger. wracl wroth, angry ]>incan (I. 3.) to seem; G. diinken, D. dunken. ]jencan (I. 3.) to tkinh, make seem to one-self; G. and D. deiiken. ( J ) C 1 ) Coiup. Oo/ctw I think f seem, doKtt pot me-thinks. 180 IV. Additional Notes. Page 1. 2E is not a diphthong, but a modification of a in the other dialects, for which it is substituted in certain cases, as before a mute, or a consonant followed by e; thus dseg, dsege,but plur. dagas, dagiun j so also fset, seed, &c. : JB answering to Goth, e, is not changed. The A. S. wrote i without a dot, y with one. p probably gave rise to the O. abbreviations ye for the (J?)e), yt for that (Jt),&c. Page 2. 4* was also written for o'$$|e or, so$* for s6$-lice truly, verily. Examples of the use of n are )?a for j?am to^the&c., j?on for J?onne then t ivhen. In later times ^ occurs for g, originally most likely a guttural, after- wards = y : hence the O. z still retained in some S. names, as Dalzell, Menzies, pronounced Dalyell, Menyies. A long vowel is sometimes written double without the accent ; as, wiid, good, gees, for wid, god, ges, like D. wijd &c. j in G. also the vowel is sometimes doubled in like manner. Where A. S. vowels are made long by contraction the dropt consonant sometimes appears, sometimes not in the modern Teutonic dialects ; as, (sleahan) slean, G. schlagen, D. slaan ; gangan, gan, G. gehen, D. gaan ; hangan, hon, G. and D. hangen. N has been often dropt and the vowel length- ened before other consonants, above all before s, ('Note 1.) while it remains in kindred tongues; as, est (love, favour), Goth, ansts; gos, G. pans, L. ans-er; 6s (god, hero) G. ans; so" ft, G. sanft ; fus (prompt}, Goth, funs; us, Goth, and G. uns, L. nos, &c. This seems the case in Greek too, where ns is in like manner avoided ; as, dovg, Sovva (L. dans), GTO.Q, ffTava (L. stans), St/ioac, and many other words, in some of which the circumflex, as elsewhere, marks the con- traction ; the v appears as soon as the o for f, as luuian for lufian to love. Some of these spellings and those p. 5. are the variations of different times, some of different dialects, of which as yet but little is known with certainty. Page 8. A. 8. d has sometimes become E. th (soft), often G. t ; f SB d e r father , G. vater. p and ft usually answer to G. and D. d; jjreo, G. drei, D. drie; brofter, G. bruder, D. brooder^ ft sometimes to G. and D. t j forft, G. fort, D. voort. See also p. 2 and addition thereto. The loss of these letters in E. and the substitution of the one unmeaning combination th for both the hard and soft sound is much to be regretted. The A. S. had seemingly no rule but custom for the R 182 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE, use of these two letters and sounds, as we for the latter, respectively, but as jj is found oftenest at the beginning, and % at the end of a syl- lable, they are here so printed throughout. Page 8 9. The following are likewise exceptions to the general rule that the A. S. gender agrees with the German : Neut. clif G. klippe (f.) cliff, rock. lie G leiche (f.) corpse. ssed G. saat (f.) seed. sceorp G. scharpe (f.) scarf. big-spel G. bei-spiel (m.) example. toll G. zoll (m.) toll. Masc. na9S G, nase (f.) nose, ness. sal G. seil (n.) cord. tear G. zahre (f.) tear. an-(ge-)weald G. ge-walt (f.) power. Fern, blaed G. blatt (n.) fruit, leaf. nyt G. nutz (m.) use. L. has clivus masc. and clivum neut. ; nasus is masc. Page 9. S wefen dream is fern. II. 3., and neut. III. 1. Sc|e6 shoe (G. schuh masc.) is masc. II. 2. (plur. see 6s), or fern. 1. 3. (plur. sceon O. shoon), or III. 3. (plur. (ge-)sc^.) Page 10. But few certain rules can be given for the genders, espe- cially from the terminations, of which several, as -e, -u, -el, -en, -er, contain nouns of all three. To some of the rules given above the fol- lowing are exceptions and there may be more : setl seat, and wered host are masc.; -o$ and -u$ are interchangeable, and when from an adjective, fern, ; as, ge6goS(-u$) youth, from geong : -fc after aeon- sonant is fern, chiefly when from an adjective, as, strengS from strang; otherwise sometimes neut. as, mor$ murder, or masc. as mon$ (monafc) month. Compounds in -lac are neut., in -raeden feminine. Nouns of the 1st declension are called Simple from the simplicity of their inflection, having but four endings for the eight cases of the two numbers, and also from the close likeness of the three genders ; the 2nd and 3rd declensions are termed Complex, as having in general moie ADDITIONAL NOTES. 183 case-endings, and wider distinctions of gender. The former kind answer to the Gr. nouns making their dative plural in -o/z-a, nom-en, nam-a; hom-o, gum-a^ complex: epy-ov, weorc; irvpy-og, b n r h ; via, w e g ; vir, w er. Some nouns have both forms without a change of meaning; as, heofon, heofone heaven, mann, manna man, J?eow, jjeowa slave; some with; as, mu$ month (animate}, mufca mouth, (inanimate) , see List III. above; lufu and lufe are sometimes used indifferently, but usually the former stands for love, affection (amor), the latter for love, sake (gratia) : Godes lufu love of God; for sumes godes lufan for the sake of some good. Page 11. The neuter is placed first in the declension of nouns, adjec- tives, and pronouns, as the simplest and purest form of the word, the masculine next as agreeing with it usually in three or four cases out of the five, and the feminine last as generally unlike both. The accusative stands next after the nominative as agreeing with it always in the neut., and sometimes in the masc., while in the fern, it is derived from it; the ablative next as in some words derived from the accus. ; and the genitive after the dative as sometimes derived from it, and last of all, as being in neuters and masculines in general most changed from the nominative. This applies more or less to Gr., L., G. &c.: in A. S. it is more apparent in complex than in simple nouns, more still in the indefinite inflection of adjectives, and most of all in demonstrative pronouns. As regards the genders, twa, ba, and j^reo are noticeable exceptions. Page 13. The plural ending -an (G. -en) became in time -en which in ox-en (ox-an) is yet rightly used; hos-en (h6s-a), and P. hnus-en (hus), and furz-en (fyrs-as) are wrong. To brethr-en (br6c5r-u) f 184 AiNGLO-SAXON GUIDE. and childr-en (cildr-u) too it has been wrongly added; O. was child-er still in P. use : see p. 18, n. 3. Chick-en (G* kiich-en) whence chick is shortened, is no more a plural than maid-en or vix~en ; see p. 66. Proper names in -a whether A. S. or foreign are thus declined ; as G o t a Goth, Bed a, Anna: Eurojid follows the L. mating accus. E u r o p a m ; dat. and gen. Europe (the medieval form of Europse) : D o n u a Danube (G. Donau ; well called by Milton Donaw), and sometimes S i c i 1 i a and the like are not declined. There are no A. S. fern, names in -a ; all nouns in -a being masc., those now so written end either in a consonant or in -u, (II. 3. or III. 3.); as, MaeS-hild, E a d-g i f u, since latinised to Mathilda, Edgiva. Other foreign names sometimes take the L. cases except the vocative ; as, He ge-seah S i m o n e m he saw Simon. Fram Decapoli from Decapolis. lacobus Zebedei James (son) of Zebedee. Lazarus g a u t ! Lazarus come forth I Masculines ending in a consonant often follow II . 2., as, Salomon, Salomones, Salomone, Petrus, Petre* and the like. . The now anomalous genitives in -ens of some G. simple nouns, as herz-ens, nam-ens, will- ens, lieb-ens(-wiirdig), are derived from the Goth, gen., hairt-ins, nam-ins (L. nom-inis) wilj-ins&c. A. S. heort- an, nam-an, will-an, luf-an. Glaub-ens is the only gen. of this kind which had a nom. in -en, glauben, (complex) Goth, ga-laubeins, A. S. (simple) ge-leafa. ' Herz-e (Goth, hairto, A. S. heorte) is still in P. and poetical use: other G. simple nouns, as heri (A S. hearra) have lost the final vowel. Feminines have in general lost the oblique -n in the singular, except in some phrases, as auf erclen (on earth}, vor freuden (for joy) &c. Many feminines and a few masculines properly complex now form the plural in -n, and in general the two orders have come to be much mixed. Page 15. Nouns in -e (II. 2.) sometimes keep the e in the plural ; as, end-eas, end-eum&c. Fre6nd and feond being originally participial, derived, the former from freogan (G. freien) to court, honour, the latter from a lost verb akin to fah hostile (whence foe), properly made the nom. and accus. sing, and plur. alike, but in time came to be inflected as II. 2- ADDITIONAL NOTES. 1^5 It is only in monosyllables before one consonant that se is changed to a; otherwise not; as, wsestm, pi. wees t mas (fruit) secer, pi. seceras, secras: thus too in adjectives; smeel, J?eet smale, smalor, but fsest, j^eet fseste, fees tor and the like. Feld and ford originally belonged to III. 2; feld-u, ford-u like sun-u Page 17. Hand belongs to a lost class of complex feminines in -u ; hand-u* Page 20. Weed la poor hitherto called an adjective having the definite inflection only, seems rather a noun (I. 2.) a beggar ; waed 1- ian to beg- Jjearfa poor is commonly if not always used as a noun a poor man w a n a wanting seems indeclinable. Page 24. The comparative and superlative endings -or, -ost (-oste), and -er, -es t (-e ste) are sometimes used indifferently, but it would seem that the former oftener follow a, o, and u, the latter e, i, or y . see addit. note on p. 42 Page 25. Several of these adjectives form adverbs regularly in -e and -lice (p. 70.) as lang-e, lang-lice, strang-e, strang-lice, hrsed-lice, heag-e, hea-lice, ea$-e, ea$e-lice, sceort-lice, soft-e, yfel-e, lytl-e. Page 26. Lesser for less is as wrong as least-est for least would be, or as wors-e 1 / for worse is. Lest is ( \> y-)l ae s(-j? e), t being added as in agains-t &c. The ending -m e s t has no connexion with m ae s t most,, though it also has become -most : our upper-most, after-most &e. have arisen from the wrong notion that most was added to the compa- rative. Page 27. Ye is therefore the true nom., you the accus. &c. " If any man say ought to you, ye shall say." Page 29. Mine and thine are therefore the older forms, from which nry and thy are shortened ; the former were long retained before vowel?. B 2 186 ANGLO-SAXON Gi IDE. Page 30. piss ere and >issera are older forms than Jusse and J?issa. Page 32. The a- in a-w i h t &c. must not be confounded with the common prefix a- for on-, an- (p. 73) ; a is ever, aye, ati, Goth, aiw-, G. jp, whence atwj/, Goth, aiws, L. sevum, aye, eternity. A'- or aeg- (p. 65) gives a general sense like G. je, in je-mand some one ; &-h w 33 r some-, any-, every-where, a-hwanne some time, any time, P. some-ivhen, any -when : with the negative it becomes na never, no; na-h wider no -ivhither : n&-wiht is more regular than nari-wiht. A'wfcer and a<5er (if true readings) are contractions of d-h wsefcer, and = segfcer, aeg-hwa3$er: nawfcer is na-hwa3$er = L. ne-uter; hence rightly comes O. and P. nother neither has arisen from either. Page 33. Our one and a are both descended from an; in an before a vowel the n has been restored ; most languages use the same word in both senses : in A. S. sum is commoner for the article than d n. Page 37. Verbs of the first conjugation are called Simple from the simplicity of their inflection, and its likeness in the three classes, or Weak as needing the help of another syllable to form their imperfect; those of the second and third are termed Complex from the various changes of vowel &c. they undergo, and the greater diversity of their classes, or Strong, as having in themselves the power of forming their imperfect. The analogy of the A. S. simple with the Gr. contracted verbs, and the L. 1st, 2nd, and 4th conjugations, and of the A r S. com- plex with the Gr. regulars, and L. 3rd conj. is worthy of attention. Some of the Gr. and L. synonyms agree in conjugation, as well as in meaning and etymology with the A. S. ; as, simple: ceall-ian, /ca\-*ev, cal-are to call; tem-ian, dau-aeiv, dom-are to tame; lix-an, L. luc-ere to shine : complex; graf-an, ypa0-av; to (en-) grave, write ; brec-an, pyy-tiv, frang-ere, to break; ter-an, Tiip-tiv, ter-ere to tear &c. ; flow-an, flu-ere to floio , drag-an, trah-ere to draw, drag. Simple verbs are now in E. and G. usually called regu- lar, complex irregular ; in both many complex verbs have in course of time become simple, and this change is still going on. Thus bake, sleep, leap, sweep, weep, fare, wield, fold, step, starve^ creep, reek, lye ADDITIONAL NOTES. 187 wreak, dive, shove, row, flow, swallow, brook &c. from A. S. complex forms have become simple : others are in a fair way to do so, retaining only a complex imperf. or part, past, some of which are either gone or goinpr out of use ; as; hung, hove, stood, shove, clomb, glode, bet, shod ; waxen, hewn, laden, graven, shapen, icashen, strewn, holpen, bursten, foughten, sioollen &c. G. walten (to rule}, wallen (to boil), sahen (to sow), krahen (to crow), kauen (to chew], wachen (to watch), wathen (to ioade}, reuen (to rue)) lachcn (to laugh}, as also most of the E. synonyms, have become simple ; others, as backen (to bake}, hauen (to hew}, sieden (to seethe) &c. are in the transition state. A few E. verbs from A, S. I. 2., and I. 3. have assumed imperfects (but not participles past) of a. seeming complex form; as, meet, met; lead, led; send, sent; build, built; from me tan, lee dan, sen dan, byldan. A very few A. S. verbs have both forms without change of meaning; as, bringan; bringe, br6hte, broht, or bringe, brang, b r u n g e n ; the latter however is rare. Page 38. Attention should be paid to the quantity of the complex or strong imperfects, both as compared with that of the present, and as to whether it is long throughout, or short throughout, or short in the first and third persons singular, and long in the 2nd, and the whole plural, or long in the first and third pers., and short in the rest. Thus II. 2. from presents some short, some long, and II. 3. from presents all short, make it long throughout, except some doubtful in the former; as, healde; heold, he61de &c. drage; droh &c. III. 1. has the present short, and the imperf. short throughout with a change of vowel; binde; band, bund e, band, bund on. II. 1. short in the pres. has the imperf. short and long; brece; brsec, braece, brsec, brcecon ; except the f-win ea; as, geaf, geafe &e. , together with com, come &c., and riam, name &c. which are eh-rt throughout. III. 2. and III. 3. with long pres. have the im- perf. long and short with a change of vowel ; drife; draf, drife, draf, drifon ; clufe; deaf, clufe, deaf, clufon. Com- plex participles past are all si.ort but some of II 2. Page 41. Verbs in ->i g a n (for -i a n) are often conjugated regularly 188 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. like I. 2.; as, fyligan to follow, imper. fyligde, imper. fylig, but part, past fyligd: see p. 42. Page 42. There seem to have been originally two distinct classes of verbs in -ian, both now included in I. 1., the one forming its iinperf. and part, past in -ode, -6d, the other in -ede, -ed; the former answering closely to the Gr. contracted verbs, and the L. in -avi, -atus, evi, et-us, and -Tvi, Tt-us, the latter to the L. in -ui, ft-us &c. In time -6d e, 6d were shortened, and then came to be confounded with -ede, -e d, many verbs being found with both forms ; -ode, -o d however seems to occur oftenest when the root-vowel is a, o, or u, -e d e, e d when it is e, i, or y ; see addit. note on p. 25 : -ade, -ad is a modifi- cation of *ode, -od. The -de, -ed (-d) of I. 2. 3. is contracted from -e d e, -ed, I. 1. ; when the d is thus brought next a hard conso- nant it becomes t. The characteristic c is not changed if 1, n, or s stand before it ; as, elce (delay} imperf. elcte; drence (drench) drencte; wisce (wish) wiscte; unless the n be dropt, as in j?ince, J?uhte, and the like: it else commonly (in simple verbs) becomes b, as in tee re, p. 42, &c. Page 43 The original form of the 2nd and 3rd persons sing, of 1. 2, 3, II. and III. was h^ rest, hyre<5, tellest, telle<5, brocesl, brecefc, healdest, he aide $, d rarest, drageS, bindesr, binders, d rifest, drffeS, clufest, clufe<5 and the like, which often occur, especially in poetry : the shortened and modified forms h^rst, hyr<5, telst, bricst &c. given in the grammar are more modern, and commonest in prose. Page 44. All verbs seem at first to have formed their 1st pers. pres. in -o or -u ; comp. -w and L. -o : haf-o = L. hab-eo. Pa^e 50. -Most of the verbs in II. 2., and some in II. 3. are derived from the Goth, reduplicative verbs, which repeat the long syllable ; the A. 8. has kept only what may be called the literal augment, and that in but a few verbs ; MS, heht, leolc, reord, fromhatan, la (ran (to play, deceive)., r sedan (G. reden to discourse)) where the Goth. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 1RO has hai-hait, lai-laik, rai-rod from haitan &c. Some only alti r the vowel* as s c e a p e, sceop, where the Goth, has sai-skap. Page 54. Verbs in -an form their part. pres. in -ande; slean, sleande. Page 58. Wrifcari is an exception to the general rule that com- plex verbs change $ into d in the 2nd pers. sing., and in the plural of the imperf., and in the past part. : see c w e % a n p. 50, w e o r $ a 11 p. 57, and seofcan p. 60, which are all regular. Page 62. Complex participles past sometimes agree like adjectives with a noun, sometimes do not; as, pa J?ing j?e him ge-sende waeron the things that were sent him. Seo 6c5re naman waes Tate hat en who by another name was hicjht Tate. The part, past in the pluperfect is sometimes governed in the accus. by the auxiliary h a? bb an , as, pa hfg hffifdon hyra lof-sang ge-sungenne when they had sung their song of praise. Page 63. Un- sometimes, as in G., is not merely negative, but implies badness; uu-j^eaw bad habit, u n-wed er (G. un-ge-witter) storm, bad weather. The prefix to- must be carefully distinguished from the preposition to in composition ; as, to-gan to go asunder, separate, to-gan to go to; G. zer-gehen, zu-gehen : to- implies division, dispersion of parts, and hence often destruction. Page 64. For- gives in general a negative or bad sense, or is inten- sive, much like Kara- ; demand judge, f o r-d e m a n to condemn, Kpiveiv, Kara-Kpivtiv, G. ur-theilen, ver-urtheilen ; bernan to burn, for-bernan to burn up, consume, icaieiv, Kara-Kaitiv, G. brennen, ver-brennen ; don to do, make, for-don to un-do, ruin, destroy ; s c y p p a n to form, f o r-s c y p p a n to ti'ansform, de-form ; for-fela very many. This prefix must not be confounded with the prepositions for and for e ; (probably of the same origin, = L. pro); thus for-seon is to over-look, ae-spise, G. ver-sehen ; fo r-s eon, forces eon to fore-see, G. vor-sehen ; for-gan to for-go, 190 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. perish, G. ver-gehen, L. per-ire ; fore-gan to fore-go, go before, G. vor-gehen, L. prae-ire. It is as wrong to write fore-go for /br-go, as /ore-give for/0r-give. And- answers closely to avn-, denoting opposition, reciprocity &c. ; and-saca denier ; and-wyrdan, and-swarian, dvT-epetv to an- swer ; and-wlitan, CLVTL jSXtTmv, to gaze at, look in the face. The prefix ge- is in A. S. used oftener and more indiscriminately than in any kindred language old or new. Though originally convey- ing no notion of past time, it seems gradually to have acquired it, and to have become a kind of syllabic augment to imperfects, but especially to participles past, as in Dutch and German. In the forma- tion of English it was by degrees dropt before all but participles past, where it first became i- or y-, and has since been lost altogether, sur- viving only as a- in some P. words. In G. and D. it is still in use before nouns, adjectives &c., but in general with a distinct effect on their meaning, referible to its original collective force. A. S. re- sometimes denotes the result of doing a thing; as. Ge-sloh \>\\\ f&der fsehfca m 33 s t e thy father by striking avenged the greatest of feuds. His f e o r h g e-f a ran o % e g e-i r n a n to save his life by fjolruj or running (to a sanctuary}. Page 65. The prefix or- (left out in the right place) denotes want of a thing ; as, or-msete im-mense, measure-less, or-truwian to Ue-spair t or-sorh care-less, se-cure : it must not be confounded with or- in or-eald very old, (G. ur-alt), from or, ord beginning, point, connected with L. or-ior, or-igo &c. The ending -e 1, -ol, answers sometimes to L. -ul-um ; gyrd-el, L. cing-ulum, girdle. The primary meaning of -ing is young, and hence it forms patro- nymics, and terms of contempt &c. : -ling has been supposed to be derived from -ing. Page 66. Other feminines in -en are menn-en from man, G. mann, mannin ; gy d-en from go d, G. gott, gott-in, D. god, god-in: in -e ; fyl-e, filly, from fol-a/oaZ; wal-e from wealh or wal-a, Celt, stranger ; w e b b-e (or web b-e s t r e web-ster}, from web b-a iceaver. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 191 The ending -estre (like D. -ster) is feminine only, and the notion of thus forming nouns of contempt &c., as ipun-ster, trick-sfer, road-*ter is modern. The ending dom is properly a noun (II. 2.) doom, judgment, autho- rity, dignity : had is also a noun (II. 2.) state, condition) rank, Holy Orders. Page 67. scipe (not occurring alone) is related to scapan, (see a pan), to shape, form, create, and denotes/orw, mode, condition; land-scape, or land-skip, (land-scipe) G. land-schaft, D. land-schup, should in rule be land-ship, unless borrowed, like a few other words, directly from the Dutch. The adjective ending -ig answers to e/e-o, L. -ic-us. Page 68. A. S. -Jsc had often a bad sense, which E., G., and D. -ish, -isch, -sch almost always have, except when added to local names ; the three former often contrast with -lie, -like or -ly, G. -lich, which convey a good or indifferent notion ; as, folc-isc vulgar (Chaucer has pepl-ish), folc-lic popular ; cild-isc child-ish, G. kind-isch, ci Id-lie child-like, G. kind-lich ; compare also mannish, man-like, man-ly y G. mann-isch, mann-lich ; woman-ish, ivoman-ly, G. weib-isch, weib-lich; girt-ish, maiden-ly &c. While -ol (-ul) answers in form to L. -ul-us, in sense it is more like -ax, commonly denoting a wrong propensity ; as, sprec-ol, cwid-ol, L. loqu-ax, dic-ax talkative, evil-tongued ; et-ol, L. ed-ax greedy. Sometimes as in s6<5-sag-ol truth-telling, de6p-J?anc-ol deep-thinking, it expresses a good quality. -en (G. -ern, -en) usually denotes the material of which a thing is made; as, stzen-en of stone, G. stein-em ; tre6 w-en treen, wood-en ; gy Id-en gold-en, G. gold-en j lin-en lin-en, oflin or flax, G. lein-en ; from stan, treow, gold, lin. Several words thus formed are now obsolete ; ston-en, brick-en &c. are still in P. use. -cund answers to L. -cund-us. Some adjectives are formed in -ed or -d like simple participles past as, ge-hyrned horn-ed,(G. ge-hb'rn-t); ge-sceod^orf(G.ge-schuht); the rest of the verb, if any, is here wanting. 192 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Page 69. c-, -n-, -s- ? in these and the like verbs represent lost syl- lables; therefore swin-s-ian (to make melody} is no exception to the rule against ns in the same syllable ; see p. 2. n. 1. The verbal endings -ian and -an (-eiv, G. and D. -an) became in time -en and -e, the latter of which has in many cases been dropt, in all has lost its sound. Such verbs as whit-en, black-en are of modern use, to white and the like being the older form. Page 71. Other adverbs in common use are: aye, always, sefre (G. and D. immer) ever, naefre (G. and D. nimmer) never, gedre straightway, recene instantly, eft-sona eft-soon, forth-with, end ern- es at length t J^ser-rihte (forfc-rihte) forthwith, elles else, other- wise, elles-hwider else-ivhither, ellor elsewhere, J?us (D. dus) thus, georne (G. gerne) earnestly, willingly, Dearie very, exceedingly, geara well, accurately, (lyt-)hwon a little (S. a wheen), hugu (hwegu), hw3Bt-(hwylcVhugu &c. somewhat, a little, Dances gratis, agnes Dances of one's own accord, his &c. will an, un- willan with, against his $c. will, sernninga suddenly, hrsedinga quickly, aninga (seninga) alone, only, on baec-ling backward. Sona is construed with a genitive; as, Sona Jsaes soon after that. Son a J?ses wintres early in the winter. Page 72. It seems likely that the first part of the word 0# i n c <5 me thinks, me o f-f> i n c $ it repenteth me, I take it ill. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 193 Page 73. Oar prefix a- has in general sprung from the A. S. o n- (an-, a), and on is still sometimes used for it; as, a-float, A. S. on- flote; a-live, A. S. on-life (G. amleben); a-two (in-two), A. S. o n-t w a ; a-f eared, A. S. a-f e r e d ; O. on flote, on life, on two, also on sleep, on row &c. now a-sleep &c. ; we yet say on board, or a-board, on fire, or a-fire and the like : see also p. 6971, 73. In some words a- is from A. S. of-; as, o f-d u n e (a-d u n e, a-d u n) a-down, down (= G. berg-ab) ; o f-j? y r s t a-thirst ; we say too of kin or a-Tdn ; it is therefore not unlikely that in other cases A. S. a- may, as the sense would imply, have sprung from o f- ; thus a-f a ran to de- part, a-w e n d a n to turn away, a-w e o r p a n to cast off, answer to G. ab-fahren, and G. and D. ab-wendon, af-wenden, ab-werfen, af- werpen : so OLTTO, air' became L. ab, and that in time a. Once or twice E. a- is from A. S. ge-; as ge-lic (O. y-like), a-like ; ge-mang (O. e-mong), a-mong. Page 77. Adjectives also take an abl. or dat. of the cause &c., which commonly stands first; as, I u-d ae d u m f a h stained with (my) former deeds. Wundum werig weary with wounds. Likewise of the person &c. by whom the action implied is done ; as, His freondum or-wene despaired of by his friends. Wur$- full J?am cyningum to be honoured by kings. Un-a-se eg end- lie eenigum unspeakable by any. Adjectives in general govern the object to which they have relation in the dative; as, Ic com ge-tr^we minon hlaf-orde J am true to my lord. He wses me yrre he was angry ivith me. Dryhten wses J?am folce gram (the) Lord was wroth with the Adjectives denoting nearness also govern the dative ; as, A'n b i s c o p J>e him jsa hendest wses a bishop that was then nearest (han- diest) to him. Some adverbs take the same case as the adjectives whence they are formed: Naenig him ge-lice |?8et don meahte none could do that like him. Page 79. The following verbs also govern the dative of the far ob- S 194 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ject: secgan to say, tell, bodian to preach, announce, beodan to offer, and-wyrdan, and-swarian to answer, gifan to give, for-gifan to give away, forgive, syllan to give, sell (of which examples need not be given), w i $-m e t a n to compare, measure with, ge-an-lfcian to liken, make like; yrsian to be angry with, aet- filhan to approach, apply to, wisian (wissian) to guide, direct, fore-wesan (L. prse-esse) to govern, be over, be-sargian to pity, be sorry for, have a dative of the near object; losian to be lost, escape from, one of the person affected; as, Hire faer is'wi$- meten fyrd-licum truman her going is compared to an army on the march. Ic com y si urn and axum ge-an-licod I am made like cinders and ashes. S e-J? e yrsafc his breSer he that is angry with his brother. No ic him Jjgesgeorne 8Bt-fealh 1 did not therefore willingly approach him. pset hig mihton J?am folce wel wissian that they might guide the people well. Mid- Jjyheo J?a feala geara J?issummynstre fore-wsss when she then many years had ruled this convent, pa be-sargode he J> ae r e s o r h-f u llan meder then pitied he the sorrowful mother. Him losade an seeap he had lost one sheep. Some of the verbs having a dative &c. of the object to which the action is directed, govern the thing done in the accusative ; as, D e m a $ rihtne dom judge right judgment. Page 81. The following verbs are sometimes used in the usual reflec- tive way with the pronoun in the accusative: ge -bid dan to pray, warnian to be ware, belgan tobe angry, ge-wra$ian tobe wroth; as, ponne J?u j?e ge-bidde when thou pray est. Warniafc eow frammannum be ware of men. Warniafc wits jsaboceras be ware of the scribes, pa bealh he hine then was he angry. Ge belgafc wifc me ye are angry with me. p a g e-w r a % e d e hine se arce-biscop Land franc then was the archbishop Lanfranc wroth. Likewise some compounds of se6n; as, Hine &c. for-seon (G. sich ver-sehen) to err, commit an oversight, sin. Gif he hine u n d e r-b 86 c b e-s a w e if he should look back. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 195 ' 81 3. We aid an, on-fon, ehtan, bid an, and earn- i a n sometimes govern the accusative. Page 83. On-}?r aci a n to dread, feel horror at governs the geni- tive like ou-draedan; as, An-J?raciende J?a?s un-ge-limpes feeling horror at the misfortune. Page 87. Be and t6 sometimes govern the ablative; as, Be J?y mseg aelc mon witan by that may each man know. T 6-J? y-j? se t (= t Q-\> 6 n- J? ae t) in order that. T 6-h w y why 1 As set is sometimes to, so is to sometimes at; the two are now and then confounded in E., and G. zu stands for both. To and set (the latter in composition often) sometimes meson from, the former espe cially with wilnian and see an; as, Ealle to J?e setes wil- niafc all from thee desire food. Manna ge-hwylc se-}?e seceS to him every man that seeketh from him. He j^aet ful ge-)?eah set Wealh-]?e6n he took the cup from {at the hand of) Wealh- the6. To meaning motion to, has sometimes, though seldom, an accusa- tive: He f6r t6 Samariam J>89t land he went to the land of Samaria. Page 88. T6-emnes (a rare word) rather by, along-side, over- against than along, is from efen (efn, emn) even, equal; on-efn (-emn) is the same ; Him on-efn lige$ ealdor-ge-winna by him lieth (his) deadly foe. Emn-, e m- are common in composition ; emn-lang (G. eben (so) lang) of the same length; em-leof (G. eben (so) lieb) equally dear ; em-j?eow fellow-slave. Page 90. Innon, uton, and uppon should not be divided, -o n (-an) being here only an ending and not the preposition on, serving in the two last to change the adverb into a preposition. Page 93. p e n d e n while sometimes has a subjunctive ; as, p e n d- en hit hat sy while it be hot. 196 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Page 95. For-standan (or fore-standan) to defend, stand before, likewise for-standan (G. ver-stehen) to understand govern the accusative ; as, Hine God for-stod him God defended. Page 96. Other conjunctions are s w a-s a m e-sw a the same as , in like manner as . na-lses J?aet an a c not (that} only but , nates-hwon by no means, noht-J?6n-lses never-(nought)-the- less, gea yea, na nay, gese yes, nese no, nses (nas) not, huru moreover, chiefly, huru-Jjinga at least, J3aBS-J?e since, after that, because, for-hw6n, to-hwon (=for-hw^) hwy y }?ses(-for) for that, therefore, gen, gena yet. Comp. OVK s^ofiev d fir] we have (not) but , one only of the many instances of likeness between the Gr. and A. S. syntax. WeorSe too may be either expressed or understood; as, Wa (weorfce) J? a m men! wo worth the man ! Page 97. Lo I has no more to do with look than O. gif has with g i f a n : our vulgar law ! and lawk ! may also be derived from 1 a ! Page 98. Which Latin translation the A. S. versions of the Holy Scripture are taken from is hard to say ; this only is certain that the A. S. Gospels follow the Vulgate more closely than the Heptateuch does. The Latin MSS. doubtless varied much, and the A. S. is now and then seemingly not an accurate rendering of any one. JElfric was a common name ; among those who bore it, were an Archbishop of Canterbury, and one of York, of whom the latter is believed \o have translated the parts of the O. Testament known as the Heptateuch. Page 133. Teohhian (from te6h, p. 152. n. 3.) means also to furnish, provide, fit out, and perhaps should be so rendered in the extract from Boethius, where its meaning is not very clear. Page 140. To- in to-geanes sometimes does not rime (see p. 158, last line) though seemingly always in other combinations : to- on the other hand never rimes. CORRECTIONS. Page 29, for usser, usse, ussum, usses, ussa read usser, usse &c. ,, 51, /. 3, for h6 read hange, ho. 52, for geong read geong. 66, 1. 12, for j?eow, jjeowen read jpeuw, j?eowen, and accent }?euw, and its derivatives elsewhere. 71, /. 3, for niwan read niwan, and accent niwe elsewhere, do. /. 19, for fic-treow read ffc-tre6w. 78, /. Q,for OSer-healf read O'Ser-healf. 79, I, 3, 4, for axian read axiaii, and accent the verb elsewhere. ,, 83, /. 11, for ehtan read ehtian or ehtan, and accent elsewhere. 90, for upp-on, inn-on, ut-on read uppon &c. 100, for afcena, aiSenede, aiSenian read a-j^ena, a-J?enede, a-j?enian. ,, 101, for lociaS, locian read 16cia^5, locian, and accent elsewhere. 102, for un-fa3le, faile, fael-s-ian read un-fajle, fajle, fjfel-s-ian. 103, /. I, for ge-drefede read ge-drefede. 105, I. 14, for sacerdra read sacerda. 109, last but one, for sod-lice read so$-lfce. 115, note 14, for herd read heed. 118, note 2,/or (II. 1.) read (II. 2.) 126, note 9, for for li<5an read for-H<5an. 133, /. 8,/o?- moton read moton. do. for teohhia &c., a curious picture of the Manners and Customs of the times, with a Life of the Author, edited by E. F. RIMBAULT, post 8vo. 4* . (Percy Soc.) 47 THE PLEASANT and Sweet History of Patient Grissell, in prose and verse, with an Introduction concerning the origin of the story, and its application in various countries, edited by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 3* (ib.) 48 PATIENT GRISEL, a Comedy by DEKKER, CHETTLE', and HAUGHTON, with Introduction by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. 5s . . (Shakespeare Soc.) 49 HISTORICALL Expostulation against the beastlye Abusers both of Chyrurgerie and Physyke in oure Time, by JOHN HALLE, (with portrait) 1565, edited by T. J. PETTIGREW, post 8vo. 2* 6d . (Percy Soc.) 50 NORTHBROOKE'S Treatise against Dice, Dancing, Plays, Interludes, and other IDLE PASTIMES, 1577| edited by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. cloth, 4s fid (Shakespeare Soc.) 51 THE SCHOOL OF ABUSE, containing a pleasant In- vective against Poets, Pipers, Players, &c. by STEPHEN GOSSON, 1579 HEYWOOD'S (THOMAS) Apology for Actors, 1612, reprinted in 1 vol. 8vo. cloth, 5* (ib.) 52 MAROCCUS EXTATICUS ; or Bankes's Bay Horse in a Trance, anatomizing some abuses and bad tricks of this age (1595), edited by E. F. RIMBAULT, post 8\o. 1* 6d (Percy Soc.) 53 A DEBATE between Pride and Lowliness; by FRANCIS THYNNE, edited by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. cloth, 4s Qd (Shakespeare Soc.) 54 SIR THOMAS MORE, a Play (about 1590) now first printed, edited by the Rev. A. DYCE, 8vo. cloth, 4s 6d (ib.) 55 THE HARMONY of the Church, Spiritual Songs and Holy Hymns, by MICHAEL DRAYTON, reprinted from the edition of 1591, (and not in his collected works.) Edited by the Rev. A. DYCE, post 8vo. 3* (Percy Soc.) 56 PLEASANT History of the Two Angry Women of Abing- don, with the Humorous Mirth of Dick Coomes and Nicho- las Proverbs, a Play by HENRY PORTER, 1599, edited by the Rev. A. DYCE, post 8vo. 4s (ib.) 57 PIERCE PENNILESS'S Supplication to the Devil, by THOMAS NASH, 1592, with Introduction and Notes by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. cloth, 4s (Shakespeare Soc.) 58 THE Old Play of Timon of Athens, which preceded that of Shakespeare, now first printed from a MS., edited by the Rev. A. DYCE, 8vo. cloth, 3s 6d (ib.) 8 Choice, Useful, and Curious Books, on Sale by 59 THE Old Taming of A Shrew, 1594, upon which Shake- speare founded his Comedy ; to which is added the WOMAN LAPPED IN MORREL SKIN, edited by T. AMYOT, 8vo. cloth, 4s 6d . (Shakespeare Soc.) 60 THE First Sketches of the Second and Third Parts of King Henry the Sixth, with Introduction and Notes by J. O. HALLIWELL, 8vo. cloth, 5s . (ib.) The possessor of this volume -will have the two Plays upon which Shakespeare founded his Second and Third Parts of Henry VI., both printed from unique copies in the Bodleian one a small octavo, |which cost at Chalmers's sale, 130 ; the other a very thin small quarto, which cost 64. several years ago, and would now probably realize more than twice that sum . 61 SHAKESPEARE'S Play of King Kenry IV., printed from a Contemporary Manuscript, edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, 8vo. cloth, 4s Qd (Shakespeare Society .) 62 TRUE Tragedy of Richard III., to which is appended the Latin Play of Richardus Tertius, by Dr. THOMAS LEGGE, both anterior to Shakespeare's Drama, with Notes by BARON FIELD, 8vo. cloth, 4s (ib.) 63 THE Ghost of Richard III., a Poem, 1614, founded upon Shakespeare's Historical Play, reprinted from the only known copy, edited by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. cloth, 3s 6d (ib.) 64 HEYWOOD'S (Thomas) First and Second Parts of King Edward IV., with Notes by BARRON FIELD. 8vo. cloth, 4s Qd . (ib.) 65 LYRICAL Poems, selected from Musical Publications, be- tween 1589 and 1600, edited by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 3* Qd . (Percy Soc.) 66 HONOUR Triumphant : and a Line of Life, two Tracts by JOHN FORDE, the Dramatist, recently discovered, edited by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. cloth, 3* (Shakespeare Soc.) 67 SIX Ballads with Burdens, from a MS. at Cambridge, about the end of Elizabeth's Reign, edited by J. GOODWIN, post 8vo. Is 6d . (Percy Soc.} 68 POETICAL Miscellanies, from a MS. of the time of James I., edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, post 8vo. 2s (ib.) 69 A MARRIAGE Triumph ; Solemnized in an Epithalamium in Memorie of the Happie Nuptials betwixt the Count Pa- latine and the Lady Elizabeth, written by THOMAS HEY- WOOD, in verse, 1613 ; with an Introduction, giving an account of other Poems by different Authors on the same event, by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 2* 6d (ib.} 70 THE AFFECTIONATE Shepherd, by RICHARD BARNE- FIELD, A.D. 1594, edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, post 8vo. 3* . (ib.) 71 POEMS, by Sir HENRY WOTTON, edited by the Rev. A. DYCE, post 8vo. 1* 6d . (ib.} John Russell Smith, 4, Old Compton Street, Soho. 9 72 OLD BALLADS of the utmost rarity, now first collected and edited by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 5* (Percy Soc.) 73 EARLY Naval Ballads of England, collected and edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, post 8vo. 4* (ib.) 74 SCOTTISH Traditional Verses of Ancient Ballads, edited by J. H. DIXON, post 8vo. 4* Qd . (ib.) 75 ANCIENT Traditional Ballads and Songs of the Peasantry of England, collected and edited by J. H. DIXON, post 8vo. 6* . (ib.) 76 THE MEETING of Gallants at an Ordinarie; of the Walkes in Powles, 1604, illustrative of the Manners and Customs of the Time, edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, post 8vo. 3* . (ib.) 77 FRIAR BAKON'S Prophesie ; a Satire on the Degeneracy of the Time, A.D. 1604, edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, post 8vo. Is Qd . (ib.) 78 STRANGE Histories, or Songes and Sonets of Kings, Princes, Dukes, Lordes, Ladyes, Knights, and Gentlemen ; very pleasant either to be " Read or Songe," &c. by THO- MAS DELONEY, 1607, edited by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 4* . . (ib.) 79 A KNIGHT'S Conjuring, done in Earnest, discovered in Jest ; written in answer to N ash's ' Pierce Penniless,' and containing numerous allusions to Manners and Customs in London, by THOMAS DEKKER, 1607, edited, with a Life of the Author, by E. F. RIMBAULT, post 8vo. 3* Qd (ib.) 80 THE FOUR KNAVES; a Series of Satirical Tracts, by SAMUEL ROWLANDS, 1611-13, edited, with Introduction and Notes, by E. F. RIMBAULT, wood-cuts, post 8vo. 4* 6d . (ib.) 81 A SEARCH for Money; or the Lamentable Complaint for the Losse of the Wandring Knight Monsieur 1'Argent ; or Come along with me, I know thou Lovest Money, &c. by WILLIAM ROWLEY, 1609, reprinted from the only known copy by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 2s 6d (Ib.) 82 THE CROWNE-GARLAND of Goulden Roses; a Col- lection of Songs and Ballads, chiefly Historical, by RICHARD JOHNSON, Author of "The Seven Champions of Christen- dom," reprinted from the edition of 1612, edited by W. CHAPPELL, Part I. 3* Part II. from the edition of 1659, 3* 6d, post 8vo. . (ib.) 83 HONESTIE of this Age ; proving by Good Circumstance that the World was never Honest till now, by BARNABY RICH, 1614, edited by P. CUNNINGHAM, post 8vo. 3* (ib.) 84 FOLLIE'S ANATOMIE ; or Satyres and Satiricall Epi- grams, by HENRY HUTTON, of Durham, 1619 ; containing curious Allusions to Paris Garden, the Theatres, &c. edited by E. F. RIMBAULT, post 8vo. 3* (ib.) B 2 10 Choice, Useful, and Curious Books, on Sale ly 85 THE KING and the Poore Northerne Man ; shewing how a poore Northumberland Man, &c. went to the King himself to make known his Grievances ; full of simple Mirth and merry plaine Jests, by MARTIN PARKER, 1640, edited by J. P. COLLIER, post 8vo. 2* (Percy Soc.) 86 A ROT among the Bishops ; or a Terrible Tempest in the Sea of Canterbury, set forth in lively emblems to please the judicious Reader, in Verse, by THOMAS STIRRY, 1641, 18mo. (a satire on Alp. Laud) four very curious wood-cut emblems, cloth, 3* A facsimile of the very rare original edition, which sold at Bindley 's sale for 13. 87 SONGS of the London Prentices and Trades during the Reigns of Henry VII., Henry VIII., Elizabeth, and James I., edited by C. MACKAY, post 8vo. 5* (Percy Soc.) 88 LORD MAYOR'S PAGEANTS; being Collections to- wards a History of these Annual Celebrations, with Speci- mens of the descriptive Pamphlets published by the City Poets, edited by W. F. FAIRHOLT, in two parts : Part I. wood-cuts, 5* : Part II. plates, 5s (ib.) 89 CIVIC GARLAND; a Collection of Songs from London Pageants, editen by F. W. FAIRHOLT, post 8vo. 4* (ib.) 90 POLITICAL BALLADS Published in England during the Commonwealth, chiefly from the King's Pamphlets in the British Museum, with an Introduction and Notes, by T. WRIGHT, post 8vo. 6s . (e#.) 91 OLD BALLADS ; illustrating the great Frost of 1683-4, and the Fair on the River Thames, edited by E. F. RIMBAULT, post 8vo. 3* (ib.) POPULAR STORIES AND SUPERSTITIONS. 92 SAINT PATRICK'S PURGATORY; an Essay on the Legends of Purgatory, Hell, and Paradise, current during the Middle Ages, by THOMAS WRIGHT, M.A., F.S.A., &c., post 8vo. cloth, Qs " It must be observed, that this is not a mere account of St. Patrick's Purgatory, but a complete history of the legends and superstitions relating to ihe subject, from the earliest times, rescued from old MBS. as well as from old printed books. Moreover, it embraces a singular chapter of literary history, omitted by Warton and all former writers with whom we are acquainted ; and we think we may add, that it forms the best introduction to Dante that has yet been published." Literary Gazette. " This appears to be a curious and even amusing book on the singular subject of Purgatory, in which the idle and fearful dreams of superstition are shown to be first narrated as tales, and then applied as means of deducing the moral character of the age in which they prevailed.'' Spectator. John Russell Smith, 4, Old Compton Street, Soho. 11 93 THE MERRY TALES of the Wise Men of Gotham, edited by JAMES ORCHARD HALLIWELL, Esq. F.S.A., post 8vo. 1* These tales are supposed to have been composed in the early part of the sixteenth century, by Dr. Andrew Borde, the well-known progenitor of Merry Andrews. " In the time of Henry the Eighth, and after," says Ant.-a Wood, " it was accounted a book full of wit and mirth by scholars and gentlemen." 94 A SELECTION of Latin Stories from MSS. of the Xlllth and XlVth Centuries, edited by T. WRIGHT, post 8vo. pp. 280, 6* . (Percy Soc.) 95 THE SEVEN SAGES, in English Verse, from a MS. at Cambridge, edited by T. WRIGHT, post 8vo. 4* (id.) One of the most remarkable collections of Stories current during the Middle Ages. 96 JACK OF DOVER, his Quest of Inquirie, or his Privy Search for the veriest Foole in England, a collection of Merry Tales, 1604, edited by T. WRIGHT, post 8vo. 2* Qd (Percy Soc.) This tract is exceedingly curious, as forming one of the links between the wit of the middle ages and that of modern times. There is scarcely one of the " merry tales" contained in it which has not its counterpart among the numerous Latin stories of the monks, which were popular in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. 97 PLEASANT Conceites of Old Hobson, the Merry Londoner, full of humourous Discourses and witty Merriments, whereat the quickest wittes may laugh, and the wiser sort take pleasure, 1607, edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, post 8vo. 2* (Percy Soc.) 98 ROBIN GOODFELLOW; his Mad Pranks and Merry Jests, full of honest mirth, 1628, edited by J. P. COLLIER, postSvo. 2s . (id.) 99 HISTORY of Reynard the Fox, from Caxton's edition in 1481, with Notes and Literary History of the Romance, edited by W. J. THOMS, post 8vo. 9* ' (id.) 100 FOOLS AND JESTERS, with a Reprint of ROBERT ARMIN'S Nest of Ninnies, 1608, edited by J. P. COLLIER, 8vo. cloth, 4s 6d . (Shakespeare Soc.) 101 TARLTON'S JESTS, and News out of Purgatory ; with Notes, and some account of the Life of Tarlton, by J. O. HALLIWELL, 8vo. cloth, 4.s 6d (id.) 102 ILLUSTRATIONS of the Fairy Mythology of Shakespeare, by J. O. HALLIWELL, thick 8vo. cloth, 7s 6d (id.) 103 THE NOBLE and Renowned History of Guy, Earl of Warwick, containing a full and true uccount of his many famous and valiant actions, 12mo. new edition, with wood- cuts, cloth, 2s Qd 104 ANECDOTES and Traditions, illustrative of Early Eng- lish History and Literature, desived from MS. sources, edited by W. J. THOMS, small 4to. cloth, 15* (Camden Soc.) 12 Choice, Useful, and Curious Books, on Sale by 105 A CONTEMPORARY Narrative of the Proceedings against Dame Alice Kyteler, prosecuted for Sorcery in 1324, by RICHARD de LEDREDE, Bishop of OSSORY, edited by T. WRIGHT, small 4to. cloth, 4s 6d (Camden Soc.) This volume affords a curious picture of the turbulent state of Ireland in the reign of Edward II., and an interesting chapter in the history of English Superstition. 106 DIALOGUE concerning Witches and Witchcrafts, by GEORGE GIFFORD, Vicar of Maldon, 1603. Edited by T. WRIGHT, post 8vo. 4s 6d . (Percy Soc.} This dialogue was thought to merit reprinting, both as being an excellent specimen of the colloquial language of the Reign of Eliza- beth, and for the good sense with which the writer treats a subject on which so many people ran mad, and the curious allusions which it contains to the superstitions of the age. 107 TRIAL of the Witches at Bury St Edmunds, before Sir M. HALE, 1604, with an Appendix by CHARLES CLARK, Esq. of Totham, Essex, 8vo. Is " The most perfect narrative of anything of this nature hitherto 108 WONDERFUL Discovery of the Witchcrafts of Margaret and Philip Flower, daughters of Joan Flower, near Bever (Belvoir), executed at Lincoln for confessing themselves actors in the destruction of Lord Rosse, son of the Earl of Rutland, 1618, 8vo. Is One of the most extraordinary cases of Witchcraft on record. 109 ACCOUNT of the Trial, Confession, and Condemnation of Six Witches at Maidstone, 1652 ; also the Trial and Execu- tion of Three others at Faversham, 1645, 8vo. Is These transactions are unnoticed by all the Kentish historians. 110 A FAITHFUL RECORD of the Miraculous Case of Mary Johnson, by W. REID CLANNY, M.D. of Sunderland, 8vo. IsQd The second edition of a most extraordinary narrative, which caused great sensation in the North of England. MEDIEVAL HISTORY. Ill A MANUAL X the History of the Middle Ages, from the Invasion of the Barbarians to the Fall of Constantinople ; with Genealogical Tables of the Imperial Houses of Germany, of the Three French Dynasties, and of the Norman-Angevin Kings of England, translated from the French Work of DES MICHELS, by T. G. JONES, 12mo. cloth, 2s 6d (pub. at 6s 6d) " The general scarcity of elementary works on History, and more especially of such as refer to the Middle Ages, might, in itself, be a sufficient apology for the appearance of the following translation; but when it is further considered that the original text has passed through several editions, and that its reputation is established in a country confessedly eminent in historical literature, it is believed that the work, in its present form, cannot but prove a desideratum to the English student." John Russell Smith, 4, Old Compton Street, Soho. 13 112 CHRONICA Jocelina de Brakelonda, de Rebus Gestis Samsonis Abbatis Monasterii Sancti Edmundi : nunc primum typis mandata curante J. GAGE-ROKEWODE, small 4to. cloth, IQsbd . (Camden Soc.) " There is one publication which the Society may well be gratified at having been the means of adding to the materials of the History of England, the Chronicle of Josceline de Brakelond, a work edited with singular care and judgment, and unique in its character, as affording an illustration of monastic life more vivid and complete than can be found in any work with which the Council are acquainted." Report of the C. S. 1841. 113 ECCLESIASTICAL DOCUMENTS: viz. 1. A Brief History of the Bishoprick of Somerset to the year 1174. 2. Curious Collection of Charters from the Library of Dr. Cox. Macro, now first published, by the Rev. JOSEPH HUNTER, small 4to. cloth, 3s (Camden Soc.) 114 CHRONICLE of William of Rishanger of the Barons' Wars The Miracles of Simon de Montfort, edited from MSS. by J. O. HALLIWELL, small 4to. cloth, 5s (ib.) 115 THE BARONS' WAR, including the Battles of Lewes and Evesham, by W. H. BLAAW, F.S.A., thick small 4to, many plates, cloth, (an interesting volume,) 15* 116 A FRENCH Chronicle of London, from the 44th of Henry III. to the 17th of Edw. III., with copious English notes, by J. G. AUNGIER, small 4to. cloth, 6s (Camden Soc.) 117 ABBREVIATA CHRONICA, ab anno 1377, usque ad annum 1469. Edited by the Rev. J. SMITH, 4to.fac -simile, 3* . (Camb. Antiq. Soc.} 118 HISTORIE of the Arrival of Edward IV. in England, and the finall recoverye of his Kingdoms from Henry VI. 1471. Edited by J. BRUCE, small 4to. cloth, 9s (Camden Soc.) 119 CHRONICLE of the First Thirteen Years of the Reign of Edward IV., by JOHN WARKWORTH, now first printed, and edited by J. O. HALLIWELL, small 4 to. cloth, 3* (ib.) 120 POLYDORE VIRGIL'S History of the Reigns of Henry VI., Edward IV., and Richard III., now first printed in English from a MS. in the British Museum, by Sir H. ELLIS, small 4to. cloth, 6s 6d . (ib.) PHII.OI.OGY. 121 DICTIONARY of Archaic and Provincial Words, Obsolete Phrases, &c. from the Reign of Edward I. ; forming a complete Key for the reader of the works of our Ancient Poets, Dramatists, and other Authors, whose works abound with allusions of which explanations are not 14 Choice, Useful, and Curious Books, on Sale by to be found in ordinary dictionaries and books of reference, by J. O. HALLIWELL, F.R.S., &c. 8vo. Vol. I. containing 480 pages, closely printed in double columns, cloth, s . (ibid.) 223 ORIGINAL Letters of Eminent Literary Men of the XVIth, XVIIth, and XVIIIth Centuries, from the ori- ginals in the British Museum and the Bodleian Library, with Notes by Sir HENRY ELLIS, small 4to. cloth, pp. 468, facsimiles, 10s Qd . (Camden Soc.) 224 ACCOUNT of the Life, Writings, and Inventions of Sir Samuel Morland, Master of Mechanics to Charles II. By J. O. HALLIWELL, 8vo. 1* 225 ACCOUNT of the Rites and Ceremonies which took place at the Consecration of Abp. Parker. Edited by J. GOOD- WIN, 4to. facsimile, 3s Qd (Camb. Antiq. Soc.) A refutation of the foolish and absurd story, commonly known as the Nag's Head Consecration. 226 EGERTON PAPERS. A Collection of Public and Pri- vate Documents, chiefly illustrative of the Times of Eli- zabeth and James I. from the original MSS. the property of Lord Francis Egerton. Edited by J. P. COLLIER, sm. 4to. pp. 518, cloth, 7s 6d . (Camden Soc.) " Mr. Collier has fallen into a rich field, and full of pasture, among the Egerton papers. They seem to be stored with abundant materials, and the single volume before us is a valuable sample of their national interest, and which throw alight upon public events hitherto imperfectly appreciated." Lit. Gaz. 227 CORRESPONDENCE of Robert Dudley, Earl of Leicester, during his Government of the Low Countries in 1585 and 1586. Edited by J. BRUCE, thick sm. 4to. 500 pp. cloth, \2s . (Camden Soc.) G. NORMAN, PRINTER, MAIDEN LANE, COVENT GARDEN. YB Ti 92.7